Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsComputer equipmentNetworking Z9500

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the Z9500 Switch

Version 9.2(1.0)

Summary of content (1446 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the Z9500 Switch Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2014 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide......................................................................................................35 Objectives............................................................................................................................................ 35 Audience..............................................................................................................................................35 Conventions..............................................................
PAGE 4
clear line.............................................................................................................................................. 80 clear trace............................................................................................................................................ 81 configure............................................................................................................................................. 82 debug cpu-traffic-stats........................
PAGE 5
show processes cpu......................................................................................................................... 130 show processes ipc........................................................................................................................... 133 show processes ipc flow-control..................................................................................................... 137 show processes memory................................................................
PAGE 6
Access Control Lists (ACL).................................................................................. 191 Commands Common to all ACL Types............................................................................................191 remark.......................................................................................................................................... 191 show config.............................................................................................................
PAGE 7
permit.......................................................................................................................................... 246 seq............................................................................................................................................... 248 IP Prefix List Commands.................................................................................................................. 250 clear ip prefix-list..................................................
PAGE 8
IP Community List Commands........................................................................................................ 287 ip community-list....................................................................................................................... 288 show ip community-lists............................................................................................................ 288 7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD).....................................................
PAGE 9
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop......................................................................................................327 bgp regex-eval-optz-disable..................................................................................................... 328 bgp router-id...............................................................................................................................329 bgp soft-reconfig-backup...............................................................................
PAGE 10
neighbor route-map...................................................................................................................368 neighbor route-reflector-client................................................................................................. 369 neighbor send-community........................................................................................................ 370 neighbor shutdown.............................................................................................
PAGE 11
deny regex...................................................................................................................................423 description.................................................................................................................................. 424 ip extcommunity-list...................................................................................................................425 match extcommunity................................................................
PAGE 12
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast............................................................................................................. 455 clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening......................................................................................... 456 clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics......................................................................................456 debug ip bgp keepalives..........................................................................................
PAGE 13
network backdoor...................................................................................................................... 486 redistribute.................................................................................................................................. 486 redistribute ospf.......................................................................................................................... 487 router bgp........................................................................
PAGE 14
service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues cpu-qos...............................................................................516 service-policy rate-limit-protocols cpu-qos................................................................................... 517 show control-traffic protocol...........................................................................................................518 show control-traffic queue .......................................................................................
PAGE 15
excluded-address........................................................................................................................579 hardware-address.......................................................................................................................580 host..............................................................................................................................................580 ip address dhcp....................................................................
PAGE 16
show link-bundle distribution...........................................................................................................612 14 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP)........................................................615 clear frrp............................................................................................................................................ 615 debug frrp.........................................................................................................
PAGE 17
interface vlan............................................................................................................................... 657 keepalive......................................................................................................................................658 linecard portmode...................................................................................................................... 659 monitor interface..............................................................
PAGE 18
hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval........................................................................................ 717 hg-link-bundle-monitor trigger-threshold ............................................................................... 717 show hardware hg-stats..............................................................................................................718 show hg-link-bundle-distribution..........................................................................................
PAGE 19
ip helper-address hop-count disable.............................................................................................. 759 ip host................................................................................................................................................760 ip max-frag-count.............................................................................................................................761 ip mtu.......................................................................
PAGE 20
ipv6 flowlabel-zero........................................................................................................................... 818 ipv6 host............................................................................................................................................ 819 ipv6 name-server.............................................................................................................................. 819 ipv6 nd dad attempts............................................
PAGE 21
Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands........................................................................................................ 867 default vlan-id............................................................................................................................. 867 default-vlan disable.................................................................................................................... 868 name......................................................................................
PAGE 22
advertise med guest-voice-signaling........................................................................................ 903 advertise med location-identification........................................................................................904 advertise med power-via-mdi....................................................................................................905 advertise med softphone-voice...............................................................................................
PAGE 23
distance....................................................................................................................................... 943 distance ospf...............................................................................................................................944 distribute-list in........................................................................................................................... 945 distribute-list out.......................................................
PAGE 24
show ip ospf database opaque-link...........................................................................................990 show ip ospf database router..................................................................................................... 991 show ip ospf database summary................................................................................................994 show ip ospf interface...................................................................................................
PAGE 25
26 Port Monitoring................................................................................................1045 description...................................................................................................................................... 1045 monitor session.............................................................................................................................. 1046 show config....................................................................................
PAGE 26
dot1p-priority............................................................................................................................1090 rate police..................................................................................................................................1091 rate shape..................................................................................................................................1092 strict-priority queue.........................................................
PAGE 27
30 Routing Information Protocol (RIP)............................................................ 1133 auto-summary.................................................................................................................................1133 clear ip rip........................................................................................................................................ 1134 debug ip rip.................................................................................................
PAGE 28
show rmon log.................................................................................................................................1173 show rmon statistics........................................................................................................................1174 32 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)......................................................... 1177 bridge-priority.......................................................................................................
PAGE 29
show users................................................................................................................................. 1214 timeout login response............................................................................................................. 1216 username................................................................................................................................... 1217 RADIUS Commands......................................................................
PAGE 30
ip ssh rhostsfile..........................................................................................................................1250 ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config).............................................................................................1251 ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC).............................................................................................. 1252 ip ssh server...........................................................................................
PAGE 31
SNMP Commands........................................................................................................................... 1291 show snmp................................................................................................................................ 1292 show snmp engineID................................................................................................................ 1293 show snmp group............................................................................
PAGE 32
38 Storm Control................................................................................................... 1341 show storm-control broadcast...................................................................................................... 1341 show storm-control multicast....................................................................................................... 1342 show storm-control unknown-unicast....................................................................................
PAGE 33
ntp update-calendar....................................................................................................................... 1383 show calendar.................................................................................................................................1384 show clock...................................................................................................................................... 1385 show ntp associations..................................................
PAGE 34
disable........................................................................................................................................1422 hold-time...................................................................................................................................1422 preempt..................................................................................................................................... 1423 priority.................................................................
PAGE 35
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 36
parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI. {X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options.
PAGE 37
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. Dell Networking OS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 38
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, the system sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 39
definition dot1x Configure 802.
PAGE 40
service-class based QoS/Routing mapping sflow snmp snmp-server storm-control strict-priority priority queue switch Memory Limits mount tacacs-server uplink-state-group and configurations username authentication util-threshold configurations virtual-ip vlan-stack vlt wred-profile Define service class to policy sFlow configuration Modify SNMP parameters Modify SNMP parameters Configure storm-control Configure a Queue as a strict Configure Script CPU and Mount target directory Set up TACACS+ server Uplink sta
PAGE 41
Key Combination Action CNTL-U Deletes the line. CNTL-W Deletes the previous word. CNTL-X Deletes the line. CNTL-Z Ends continuous scrolling of the command outputs. Esc B Moves the cursor back one word. Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word. Esc D Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the word. Navigating the CLI The Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default.
PAGE 42
display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
PAGE 43
1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2. Enter the command address-family then the protocol type (ipv4 multicast or ipv6 unicast). The prompt changes to include (conf-router_bgp_af) for IPv4 or (conf-router_bgpv6_af) for IPv6. CLASS-MAP Mode To create or configure a class map, use CLASS-MAP mode. For more information, refer to Policy-Based QoS Commands. To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 44
DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode. For more information, refer to Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP POOL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to DHCP mode. 2. Enter the pool command then the pool name. The prompt changes to include (config-dhcp-poolname). You can return to DHCP mode by using the exit command. ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode.
PAGE 45
can access CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes and protocols on the switch. While you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode, the # prompt is displayed. EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Mode To enable and configure a BGP extended community, use EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode. For more information, refer to BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360). To enter EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 46
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-iffo-0/0)# Forty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iflo-0)# Loopback interface number Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpo-0)# Port-channel interface number Dell(conf-ifvl-0)# VLAN Interface then VLAN number (range 1–4094) Dell(conf-ifma-0/0)# Management Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iftu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID.
PAGE 47
1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2. Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp-mgmtIf). LINE Mode To configure the console or virtual terminal parameters, use LINE mode. To enter LINE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the line command. Include the keywords console or vty and their line number available on the switch. The prompt changes to include (config-line-console) or (config-line-vty).
PAGE 48
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the openflow of-instance command then the OpenFlow ID number of the instance you want to create or configure. The prompt changes to include (conf-of-instance of-id). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode To enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol, use PVST+ mode. For more information, refer to Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).
PAGE 49
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, refer to GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 50
2. Use the router bgp command then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_bgp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode. For more information, refer to Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_ospf-id).
PAGE 51
TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conf-trace-acl). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. VRRP Mode To enable and configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use VRRP mode. For more information, refer to Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). To enter VRRP mode: 1.
PAGE 52
PAGE 53
File Management 3 This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch. boot system Specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored.
PAGE 54
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9500. To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system.
PAGE 55
restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults on a switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information restore factory-defaults {clear-all | nvram} factorydefaults Return the switch to its factory-default settings. clear-all Enter the keywords clear-all to reset the NvRAM and the system startup configuration. nvram Enter the keyword nvram to reset the NvRAM only. EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.17.
PAGE 56
show boot system Displays information about boot images currently stored on the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show boot system all all Display the boot images stored on the system for the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line card CPUs.
PAGE 57
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 58
• For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 59
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show os-version [file-url] file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: • • • • • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath. For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename.
PAGE 60
Type runtime runtime runtime Version 9.2(1.0B5) 9.2(1.0B5) 9.2(1.0B5) Target CP LP RP checksum passed passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : ----------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.2.1.0 cp passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : ----------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.2.0.
PAGE 61
File Management as-path for the current AS-path configuration bfd for the current BFD configuration bgp for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration communitylist for the current community-list configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration eis for the current EIS configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current F
PAGE 62
mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementeis for the current management EIS configuration managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration pim for the current PIM configuration policy-mapinput for
PAGE 63
spanningtree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configuration trace-list for the current trace-list configuration uplinkstate-group for the uplink state group configuration users for the current users configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration wred-profile f
PAGE 64
! Last configuration change at Thu Mar default ! boot system primary system: A: boot system secondary system: A: boot system default system: A: boot system gateway 1.1.1.1 !... 6 02:10:35 2014 by Example Dell#show running-config status running-config checksum 0xB4B9BF03 startup-config checksum 0x8803620F Dell# Usage Information The status option allows you to display the size and checksum of the running configuration and the startup configuration. show startup-config Display the startup configuration.
PAGE 65
boot system default system: A: boot system gateway 1.1.1.1 ! ... Related Commands show running-config – displays the current (running) configuration. show version Display the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system. Z9500 Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 66
1 2 520 2 Command Fields Example 36-port TE/FG (ZC) 48-port TE/FG (ZC) Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Lines Beginning With Description Dell Force10 Network... Name of the operating system Dell Force10 Operating... OS version number Dell Force10 Application... Software version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path...
PAGE 67
16G bytes of boot flash memory. 1 2 520 2 36-port TE/FG (ZC) 48-port TE/FG (ZC) Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) upgrade boot Upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image running in all Z9500 CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. To upgrade the operating system image, use the upgrade system command.
PAGE 68
A: | B: Specify the boot-flash partition to be upgraded. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 69
******** Dell# upgrade fpga-image linecard booted Use this command to upgrade the FPGA and CPLD devices in Z9500 line-card CPUs using the currently running Dell Networking operating-system image (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the Z9500 release notes). Z9500 Syntax Parameters upgrade fpga-image linecard {slot-id | all} booted linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID number to specify the line-card CPU to upgrade. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2.
PAGE 70
be * * automatically rebooted to reload the upgraded components. * *************************************************************** ******** Upgrade CPLD image for system [yes/no]: yes FPGA upgrade in progress!!! Please do NOT power off the unit !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Usage Information Do not restart the switch while an upgrade is progressing.
PAGE 71
Card FPGA Name Current Version New Version ---------------------------------------------CP SYSTEM CPLD 0x07 0x08 ************************************************************ * Warning - Upgrading FPGA is inherently risky and should * * only be attempted when necessary. A failure at this upgrade may * * cause a board RMA.
PAGE 72
Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z-Series.
PAGE 73
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to upgrade the operating system (OS) image. ftp: file-url Enter the keyword ftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format //userid:password@host-ip/ filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. scp: file-url Enter the keyword scp: and specify the location of the image file in the format userid:password@host-ip/ filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 74
Usage Information RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier (URI) must be enclosed in square brackets, [X:X:X:X::X]. For maximum flexibility this command accepts IPv6 host addresses with or without the square brackets. After you upgrade the system image, by entering the command.
PAGE 75
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch. asf-mode Enable the transmission of Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets as soon as a threshold is reached. Z9500 Syntax asf-mode linecard {slot-id | all} To return to standard Store and Forward mode, use the no asf-mode linecard command.
PAGE 76
banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER. line Enter a text string for your banner message ending the message with your delineator. In the following example, the delineator is a percent character (%); the banner message is “testing, testing”.
PAGE 77
Dell(conf)#end Dell#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner FTOS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands exec-banner — Enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system.
PAGE 78
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt number ipmacacl number [vmanqos | vmandual-qos] number ecfmacl number {openflow {4| 8}} Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 79
When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). If you enabled BMP 3.0, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the reload conditional nvram-cfg-change command. cam-audit linecard Enable audit of the IPv4 forwarding table on all line cards.
PAGE 80
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 81
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. clear trace Clear the software trace log file from a Z9500 CPU.
PAGE 82
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 83
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 84
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 85
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Z9500 Syntax Parameters do command command Enter an EXEC-level command.
PAGE 86
Usage Information Example The following commands are not supported by the do command: • enable • disable • exit • config Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified.
PAGE 87
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level.
PAGE 88
Version 8.3.10.0 Usage Information Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes).
PAGE 89
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-banner Enable the display of a text string when the user enters EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax exec-banner To disable the banner on terminal lines, use the no exec-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears).
PAGE 90
line — enables and configures console and virtual terminal lines to the system. exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Z9500 Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791.
PAGE 91
Example FTOS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. Z9500 Syntax exit Command Modes • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST Command History • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 92
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. end — returns to EXEC Privilege mode. ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 93
150 Opening ASCII mode data connection size date time name -------- ------ ------ -------512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgtimg 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 diagnostic 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 other 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp> Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series.
PAGE 94
E-Series Original command. Usage Information After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Networking recommends specifying a top-level directory path. Without a toplevel directory path specified, the system directs users to the flash directory when logging in to the FTP server. Related Commands ftp-server enable — enables FTP server functions on the switch. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections.
PAGE 95
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long.
PAGE 96
E-Series Usage Information Original command. The host name is used in the command-line prompt. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command.
PAGE 97
Usage Information The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command. Related Commands ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections.
PAGE 98
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 99
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command.
PAGE 100
ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. Z9500 Syntax ip telnet source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 101
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command telnet — telnets to another device. ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. Z9500 Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command.
PAGE 102
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system.
PAGE 103
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL). password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines.
PAGE 104
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. The Z9500 supports full core dumps for kernel crashes. The kernel core dump applies to all Z9500 CPUs and is not enabled by default. To enable full kernel core dumps, enter the logging coredump command in global configuration mode. The kernel core dump is copied to the Control Processor (CP) core-dump directory: flash://CORE_DUMP_DIR/f10_cpu_timestamp.kcore.
PAGE 105
Defaults Enabled on all lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 106
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. count Enter the number of echo packets to be sent. The default is 5. • number: from 1 to 2147483647 • continuous: transmit echo request continuously datagram size Enter the ICMP datagram size. The range is from 36 to 15360 bytes. The default is 100. timeout Enter the interval to wait for an echo reply before timing out. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. The default is 2 seconds.
PAGE 107
sweep-minsize Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes. sweep-maxsize Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes. sweep-interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size. The range is from 1 to 15308 seconds. ointerface (IPv4 only) Enter the outgoing interface for multicast packets. Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 108
Usage Information Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. When you enter the ping command without specifying an IP/IPv6 address (Extended Ping), you are prompted for a target IP/IPv6 address, a repeat count, a datagram size (up to 1500 bytes), a timeout (in seconds), and for extended commands.
PAGE 109
reload Reboot the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 110
line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 111
Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp.
PAGE 112
show alarms View alarms for the system Core, switching core, port modules, fan trays, and power supplies. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show alarms [threshold] threshold • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, and SFMs. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 113
-----------Minor Minor Off S0 50 45 S1 N/A N/A S2 50 45 S3 50 45 S4 40 35 S5 50 45 S6 67 62 S7 68 63 S8 66 61 S9 66 61 Major 50 N/A 50 50 40 50 67 68 66 66 Major Off 45 N/A 45 45 35 45 62 63 61 61 Shutdown N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -- Switching Core --- Temperature Limits (deg C) --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Minor Off Major Major Off Shutdown S0 93 86 100 95 105 S1 93 86 100 95 105 S2 93 86 100 95 105 S3 93 86 100 95 105 S4 93 86 100 95 10
PAGE 114
Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 115
show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp. Z9500 Syntax show command-history Defaults none Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 116
[11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[protocol spanning-tree rstp]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[protocol spanning-tree pvst]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no disable]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface tengigabitethernet 0/1]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[ip address 1.1.1.
PAGE 117
no Display all of the commands that may be preceded by the keyword no, which is the keyword used to remove a command from the running-configuration. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 118
show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card, Route Processor or Control Processor CPU, including background resets, calls, and initialization, on the console. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show console {lp slot-id | rp | cp} lpslot-id Enter a line-card slot number to view the boot-up log of a line-card (LP) processor. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. rp Enter the rp keyword to view the boot-up log for the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 119
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to display counters for rate-limited traffic on all CPU queues, including Route Processor, Control Processor, and line-card CPUs. queue-id queue-number Enter the queue number to display counters for rate-limited traffic on a specified CPU queue. The range of queuenumber values is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 120
Q0 Dell# 5000 5000 0 show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id] cp Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to display traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to display traffic statistics. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 121
Usage Information Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces. The traffic statistics are collected only after the debug cpu-traffic-stats command is executed; not from the system bootup.
PAGE 122
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 123
rxPkt(COS7) rxPkt(UNIT0) rxPkt(UNIT1) rxPkt(UNIT2) rxPkt(UNIT3) transmitted txRequested noTxDesc txError txReqTooLarge :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :0 txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 2269516 Transmit Packets : 549631 Recv Desc Error : 0 Transmit Desc Error :
PAGE 124
0xb9470000 7.09 6.28 0xb94c8000 37.86 43.13 0xb9560000 0.95 1.69 0xb99e0000 0.00 0.02 0xb957f000 4.50 4.16 0xb9594000 0.00 0.00 0xb95a8000 3.80 6.
PAGE 125
show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Z9500 Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
PAGE 126
pem Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the power supplies and power usage. thermalsensors Enter the keyword all to display only temperatures and thresholds for the system and switching core, and port modules. all Enter the keyword all to display status information on all components. Default Display status information on all system components. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privildge Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 127
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 up up up up up up up up up up 5263 5274 5256 5278 5270 up up up up up 5292 5317 5292 5328 5320 Speed in RPM Dell#show environment thermal-sensors -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Module S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------System Core 33 33 34 33 28 39 25 36 39 39 Switching Core 100[M] 46 47 45 44 45 Port Modules 49 101[M] 60 49 62 52 78 55 53 50 46 Threshold crossed [m]: minor [M]: ma
PAGE 128
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. SSeries output differs from E-Series. Usage Information Use the show inventory command to display information about installed pluggable media (QSFP, SFP) on a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 129
Related Commands • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. • show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show memory View current memory usage on the system.
PAGE 130
• • Examples In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes. In the show processes memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes plus the size of the system processes.
PAGE 131
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view CPU usage for the Route Processor. linecard slot-id [0–2] Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU usage. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to display CPU usage for all line cards. The optional line card 0-2 parameter displays tasks in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five seconds.
PAGE 132
0 sh 0x0000004b 20 2 0 sh 0x0000001f 20 2 0 mount_mfs 0x0000001a 150 15 0 mount_mfs ---------- More ---------- 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Dell#show processes cpu lp 2 details CPU utilization for five seconds: 10%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 10% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000000 976300 97630 10000 10.47% 10.14% 10.14% 0 system 0x0000012e 53570 5357 10000 0.00% 0.46% 0.45% 0 sysdlp 0x0000012e 1260 126 10000 0.
PAGE 133
0x0000012e 1170 117 0 tTimerTask 0x0000012e 29130 2913 0 tExcTask 0x0000012e 40 4 0 tLogTask 0x0000012e 9060 906 0 tUsrRoot ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu rp Example: show processes cpu summary 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 10000 0.40% 0.31% 0.33% 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 10000 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% Dell#show processes cpu rp CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 496 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 392 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.
PAGE 134
Parameters Defaults recv-stats Enter the keyword recv-stats to display information on IPC receiver-side messages. send-stats Enter the keyword send-stats to display information on IPC sender-side messages. cp Enter the keyword cp to view IPC message statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to view IPC message statistics on the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view IPC message statistics.
PAGE 135
source to destination 1st-R - No of first retry attempts 2nd-R - No of second retry attempts Fails - No of guaranteed IPC pkts that could not be transmitted RTT(ms) - Avg. Round Trip time for guaranteed IPC packets in millisecs NonG-S - No of non-guaranteed IPC pkts succesfully sent.
PAGE 136
Pri-Dr - Priority drops done for non-guaranteed pkts due to socket almost-full condition SkFull-Dr - Any IPC packet dropped because of socket full condition Source-> Destination SeqNo M-SkSize NonG-Rcvd Pri-Dr SkFull-Dr TME: 0 -> TME: 5 0 129024 1 0 0 TME: 5 -> LCMGR: 2 0 129024 1 0 0 IPC: 0 -> IPC: 5 0 129024 1084 0 0 IPC: 5 -> TME: 5 58307 129024 0 0 0 CLI: 0 -> SYSADMTSK: 5 0 129024 11 0 0 CHMGR: 0 -> LCMGR: 2 53689 129024 4 0 0 LCMGR: 2 -> TME: 5 3906 129024 1 0 0 LCMGR: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 0 129024 1
PAGE 137
1 129024 0 0 ACL: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 0 184320 8 0 ACL_AGENT: 0 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 0 129024 1 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> DSAGT: 0 129024 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> FRRPAGT: 0 163840 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 0 129024 1 0 RTM: 0 -> FIBAGT: 1 131072 5 0 RTM: 0 -> FIB6: 0 131072 3 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 0 129024 1 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 0 129024 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 2 184320 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 0 129024 10 0
PAGE 138
Enter linecard all to view SWPQ statistics for all line cards. Defaults Display SWPQ statistics on all Z9500 CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 139
• • • • Example A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement. If no response is received within a defined period of time, the SWP timeout mechanism resubmits the message at the head of the FIFO queue. After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated. A retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement.
PAGE 140
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IFMGR0 12 IFMGR0 10 IFMGR0 33 IFMGR0 23 PORTMIRR0 0 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 1 LLDP0 60 MRTM0 10 60 IPMGR1 33 60 LACP0 23 60 ACL_AGENT2 0 50 IGMP0 0 50 IFAGT2 1 60 12 60 60 60 60 50 50 60 0 12 0 0 10 0 0 33 0 0 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 show processes memory View information about memory usage for processes running in the system.
PAGE 141
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E1200i. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 142
631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 0 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 0 419 sysd 329480 6288190 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory cp 4816896 45
PAGE 143
597 clish 0 0 631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 0 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 0 419 sysd 329480 6288190 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory
PAGE 144
------------------LP2 3203928064 8456566 3195471498 Example: show processes memory lp all 384765952 Dell#show processes memory lp all Memory Statistics Of Linecard Processor On Slot 2 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 3203928064, MaxUsed: 386670592, CurrentUsed: 386670592, CurrentFree: 2817257472 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding f10appioserv 163840 147456 sysdlp 16543744 31641600 sysmon 24576 704512 flashmntr 36864 839680 inetd 45056 995328
PAGE 145
fib6 1654292 367522 ofagt tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 334400 Example: show processes memory rp 1654292 1654292 367522 367522 165180 165180 334400 334400 0 0 0 Dell#show processes memory rp Total : 06:16:47] CurrentUsed: SharedUsed : 3203928064, MaxUsed : 376844288, CurrentFree: 7993952, SharedFree : PID Process Allocs Frees 496 ofmgr 896104 0 392 ndpm 301468 0 160 vrrp 330360 0 126 frrp 301362 0 154 xstp 466654 0 118 pim 3109852 0 434 igmp 925008 0 429 ipm1 396432 0 170 mrtm 1127350 0 294 l2mgr 1226308
PAGE 146
0 122 0 74 0 30 0 25 0 sh sh 0 0 0 0 0 mount_mfs 0 mount_mfs 0 0 802816 708608 13467648 0 56033280 0 0 0 0 0 0 2301952 2297856 2310144 2310144 show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | linecard slot-id | trace-flags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients.
PAGE 147
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 148
ppStatus[0] = 0x00000001 0x00000001 ppStatus[1] = Dell# show software ifm linecard 0 | save flash:// sh_sf_ifm_linecard0 Start saving show command report ....... DEll# start sh CPU_ID = 0x0 rc0=0x0 rc1=0x0 rc2=0x0 login: root Password: Copyright (c) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. All rights reserved. Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1989, 1991, 1993 The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
PAGE 149
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reload-type command. Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present".
PAGE 150
Dell# Related Commands • show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show hardware – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics about a switch component. show trace View results of trace operations on the switch or a specified lien card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show trace [linecard slot-id | rp] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 151
[9/3 5:18:33] SYS-(tUsrRoot):After HWInit().
PAGE 152
show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to troubleshoot switch operation. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show tech-support [linecard slot-id | page] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to collect troubleshooting information on all line cards.
PAGE 153
Example • show environment • show file • show interfaces • show inventory • show ip protocols • show ip route summary • show processes cpu • show processes memory • show redundancy • show running-conf • show version Dell# show tech-support linecard 1 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.
PAGE 154
Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : ok Rev N/A N/A N/A N/A enabled 74:86:7a:ff:6f:06 3 ----------------------------------- show environmemt linecardvoltage ------------ linecard Voltage -Slot Status Voltage 1.25V 1.5V 2.5V 3.3V -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 1 ok 0.00V 0.
PAGE 155
433054 tme ipc 33036 timerMgr 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 count 33036 tFib4 11472796 aclAgent 1490790 ifagt_1 202348 dsagt 1325606 fib6 10945628 MacAgent 499162 ofagt 367522 tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 466192 bfdaTaskMai 202348 Dell(conf)# Related Commands 433054 0 33036 0 66072 0 33036 0 33036 33036 11472796 11472796 1490790 1490790 202348 202348 1325606 1325606 10945628 10945628 499162 499162 367522 367522 165180 165180 466192 466192 202348 202348 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • show
PAGE 156
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 157
RP LP 0 LP 1 LP 2 92 92 92 92 82 82 82 82 Usage Information Use the show util-threshold memory command to display the memory utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps. When Z9500 CPUs exceed the configured (high or low) memory percentage to process packets or data, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. To reconfigure the currently configured values, use the util-threshold memory command. Related Commands util-threshold mem – Configure memory utilization thresholds.
PAGE 158
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in the Dell Networking OS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. Z9500 Syntax Parameters telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface] host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server.
PAGE 159
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for sourceinterface for link-local IPv6 addressing. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 160
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Z9500 Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device.
PAGE 161
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale with IPv6. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4 only). Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 162
----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 163
E-Series Original command upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax Parameters upload trace-log {rp | linecard slot-id} {cmd-history | hwtrace | sw-trace} rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload. cmd-history Enter the keyword cmd-history to upload the command history from the specified CPU.
PAGE 164
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps.
PAGE 165
Example Dell(conf)# util-threshold cpu 5sec cp high 50 In this example, the low threshold value is not specified so it will take the value set for the high threshold value. In all other cases, the low threshold value must be equal to or less than that of the high threshold value. Usage Information When the total CPU utilization exceeds the configured threshold for the specified time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap.
PAGE 166
{{high | low} cpu-utilizationthresholdpercentage} Enter a percentage value to configure the high or low threshold level for the percentage of memory a Z9500 CPU can use. The percentage of memory utilization ranges from 0 to 100. NOTE: A threshold level of 0 will disable Syslog and SNMP traps. Defaults Command Modes Command History • High threshold: 92% • Low threshold: 82% CONFIGURATION Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 167
To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6address} command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address of the active management interface, in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 168
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. Z9500 Syntax Parameters write {memory | terminal} memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startup-config command. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
PAGE 169
802.1X 5 An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 170
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 171
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 172
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 173
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command).
PAGE 174
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. Z9500 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command.
PAGE 175
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Z9500 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 176
Related Commands • • • • dot1x auth-fail-vlan dot1x reauthentication dot1x reauth-max show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 177
Related Commands show dot1x interface dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Z9500 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 178
To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 179
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface.
PAGE 180
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator completes authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
PAGE 181
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 182
Parameters number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 183
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 184
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 185
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system.
PAGE 186
Usage Information Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.1X-enabled ports that are in Single-Hot, Multi-Host, and MultiSupplicant authentication modes. Example Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping interface gigabitethernet 2/21 802.
PAGE 187
mac-address (Optional) MAC address of a supplicant. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 188
Example (macaddress) Dell#show dot1x interface tengig 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.
PAGE 189
Backend State: Idle Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:11 192 | 802.1X www.dell.com | s u p p o r t . d e l l.com Port Auth Status: AUTHORIZED Untagged VLAN id: 300 Auth PAE State: Authenticated Backend State: Idle Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:15 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 802.
PAGE 190
PAGE 191
Access Control Lists (ACL) 6 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 192
Parameters remarknumber Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 193
seq 10 Deny any Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 194
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists.
PAGE 195
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
PAGE 196
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs, C-Series or S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 197
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: in | out • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 198
Example show ip accounting access-lists Field Description “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. Dell#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface tengig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) seq 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.0 /16 order 4 seq 15 deny ip any 191.3.0.0 /16 seq 20 deny ip any 191.4.0.0 /16 seq 25 deny ip any 191.5.0.
PAGE 199
• • • host ip-address dscp — Enter the keyword dcsp followed by the DCSP value to match to the IP DCSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. fragments — Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. order — Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 200
Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. permit — configures a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Z9500 Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name.
PAGE 201
Usage Information The system supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide. Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list.
PAGE 202
not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 203
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries in an existing ACL. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Stepto-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the accesslist type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured ACL. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
PAGE 204
Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. Related Commands resequence prefix-list ipv4 — resequences a prefix list. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
PAGE 205
Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
PAGE 206
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 207
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 208
bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 209
ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax deny icmp {source–ip—address mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [[count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 210
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 211
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated host-precedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-tosunreachable Host unreachable for TOS host-unknown Host unknown host-unreachable Host unreachable information-reply Information replies informationrequest Information requests mask-reply Mask replies mask-request Mask requests mobil
PAGE 212
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassemblytimeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements router-solicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-routefailed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamprequest Timestamp requests traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable
PAGE 213
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 214
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 215
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 216
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) port port Enter the application layer port number.
PAGE 217
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 218
Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. Z9500 Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name [cpu-qos] To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name [cpu-qos] command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name.
PAGE 219
Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide. If you configure an extended IP ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos.
PAGE 220
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 221
Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
PAGE 222
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 223
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ipaddress} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 224
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 225
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 226
permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 226 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 227
bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 228
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry.
PAGE 229
Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 230
ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list permits all IP protocols. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter.
PAGE 231
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry.
PAGE 232
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. The following applies: • The seq sequence-number command is applicable only in an ACL group. • The order option works across ACL groups that have been applied on an interface via the QoS policy framework. • The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number. • If sequence-number is not configured, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order.
PAGE 233
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 234
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 235
• in | out For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and then enter the slot/port information. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 236
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 237
Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The Z9500 support both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 238
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 239
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 240
mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
PAGE 241
seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] [log] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
PAGE 242
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 243
Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. host macaddress Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 244
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 245
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 246
seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC access list. show mac accounting access-list — displays MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 247
ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 248
Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq — configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq Configure a filter with a specific sequence number. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host macaddress | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] [log] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
PAGE 249
• ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format. • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format. • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 250
IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands. clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic meets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 251
deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 252
Related Commands permit — configures a filter to pass packets. seq — configures a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number. ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. Z9500 Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long.
PAGE 253
permit Configure a filter that passes packets meeting the criteria specified. Z9500 Syntax permit ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a forward filter, use the no permit ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 254
seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le maxprefix-length}] | [bitmask number]. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 65534.
PAGE 255
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to pass packets.
PAGE 256
ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 257
seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 132) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 258
count: 1, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 5 ip prefix-list test6: count: 1, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 5 Dell# Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map.
PAGE 259
executes only after a successful match occurs. If there are no successful matches, the continue feature is ignored. Match clause with Continue clause The continue feature can exist without a match clause. A continue clause without a match clause executes and jumps to the specified route-map entry. With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match.
PAGE 260
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 261
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute.
PAGE 262
Related Commands ip community-list — configures an Community Access list. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community — sends COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • .
PAGE 263
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers.
PAGE 264
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 265
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 266
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
PAGE 267
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 268
incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking TOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 269
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 270
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 271
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
PAGE 272
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 273
show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 274
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters communitylist-name Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 275
Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. Z9500 Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | noexport | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command.
PAGE 276
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 277
level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 278
Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 279
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.
PAGE 280
type-2 Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 281
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 282
incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 283
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution.
PAGE 284
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 285
route-map hopper permit 10 Dell(config-route-map)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show route-map [map-name] map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 286
AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 287
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. Z9500 Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 288
ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Z9500 Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-listname Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 289
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 290
PAGE 291
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietfbfd-base-03.
PAGE 292
Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2. (0.
PAGE 293
Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. neighbor bfd disable — explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. Z9500 Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 294
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. Z9500 Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 295
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 296
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 297
Usage Information Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
PAGE 298
Defaults See Parameters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2. (0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 299
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 300
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 301
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 302
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: detail • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S8410, the range is from 1 to 128. • For VLAN interfaces, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 303
Clients * 10.1.3.2 10.1.3.1 Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Example (Detail) Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Related Commands bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 304
neighbor ipaddress Enter the IP address of the BFD neighbor. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 100. min_rx milliseconds Enter the keyword min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 100.
PAGE 305
BFD agent on the line card notifies the BFD manager, which in turn notifies the VRRP protocol that a link state change occurred.
PAGE 306
PAGE 307
Border Gateway Protocol 8 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 308
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 309
Command Modes • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 310
Parameters send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers. receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. Defaults Disabled Command Modes • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 311
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route.
PAGE 312
Usage Information Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-assupportcommand. If you disable the four-octect-support command after using dot or dot+ format, the AS numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration. If you change the notation type, the running-config updates dynamically and the new notation shows.
PAGE 313
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 314
paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for loadsharing. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 315
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 316
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Z9500 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command.
PAGE 317
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Z9500 Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 318
show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 319
Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...
PAGE 320
This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands bgp confederation identifier — configures a confederation ID. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters.
PAGE 321
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 322
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 323
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
PAGE 324
Usage Information The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2–byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 325
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. Z9500 Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 326
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Z9500 Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 327
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 328
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes.
PAGE 329
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 330
Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 331
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated.
PAGE 332
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer.
PAGE 333
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series. clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * | as-number | ip-address [flap-statistics | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS.
PAGE 334
flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peergroup. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 335
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 336
• { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 337
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates.
PAGE 338
updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 339
Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 340
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 341
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 342
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug.
PAGE 343
Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out] command. Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
PAGE 344
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 345
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 346
Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 347
Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 348
activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 349
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.
PAGE 350
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 351
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 352
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} default-originate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group.
PAGE 353
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 354
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 355
neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 356
To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 357
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list (up to 140 characters). If the AS-PATH access list is not configured, the default is permit (allow routes). Defaults Command Modes Command History in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes.
PAGE 358
To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds.
PAGE 359
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte) or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format).
PAGE 360
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent.
PAGE 361
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 362
encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. password Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 363
Also, if you configure different passwords on the two routers, the following message appears on the console: %RPM0-P:RP1 %KERN-6-INT: BGP MD5 password mismatch from [peer's IP address] : 11502 to [local router's IP address] :179 neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to an existing peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor ip-address peer-group peer-group-name To delete a peer from a peer group, use the no neighbor ip-address peergroup peer-group-name command.
PAGE 364
• neighbor filter-list • neighbor next-hop-self2 • neighbor route-map • neighbor route-reflector-client • neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown).
PAGE 365
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you create a peer group, it is disabled (Shut mode). Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as — assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown — disables a peer or peer group.
PAGE 366
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. After you configure a peer group as passive, assign it a subnet using the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command. For passive eBGP limits, the Remote AS must be different from the AS for this neighbor. Related Commands neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound — assigns a subnet to a dynamically configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 367
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. To accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number, configure your system. If the number parameter is the same as the AS number used in the router bgp command, the remote AS entry in the neighbor is considered an internal BGP peer entry. This command creates a peer and the newly created peer is disabled (Shutdown).
PAGE 368
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed. If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path.
PAGE 369
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
PAGE 370
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed.
PAGE 371
Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 372
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions.
PAGE 373
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 374
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 375
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with any other command.
PAGE 376
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path.
PAGE 377
If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command. Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Z9500 Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 378
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 379
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Although the system does not generate a route due to the backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/sourcing a local route in the presence of network backdoor config on a learned route.
PAGE 380
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.
PAGE 381
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 382
router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode. Z9500 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 383
Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 384
Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.
PAGE 385
Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix.
PAGE 386
Example Field Description Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell>show ip bgp BGP table version is 847562, local router ID is 63.114.8.131 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> * 701 *> i *> Network 0.0.0.0/0 3.0.0.
PAGE 387
cluster-id Command Modes Command History • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. The range is 1 — 4294967295. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 388
* I * I * I * I 10.19.75.5/32 * I *>I * I * I * I * I 10.30.1.0/24 * I *>I * I * I * I 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.
PAGE 389
All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 390
Example Dell>show ip bgp community BGP table version is 3762622, local router ID is 63.114.8.48 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * i 3.0.0.0/8 *>i 4.2.49.12/30 * i 4.21.132.0/23 16422 i *>i 4.24.118.16/3 *>i 4.24.145.0/30 *>i 4.24.187.12/30 *>i 4.24.202.0/30 *>i 4.25.88.0/30 i *>i 6.1.0.0/16 i *>i 6.2.0.0/22 i *>i 6.3.0.
PAGE 391
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 392
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] dampened-paths Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 392 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 393
show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 394
NumNhDfrd 0 : CfgHdrAFMsk 1 AFChkNetTmrP 0x41ee705c : AFRtDamp 0 : AlwysCmpMed 0 : LocrHld 10 : LocrRem 10 : softReconfig 0x41a1a58c DefMet 0 : AutoSumm 1 : NhopsP 0x41a0d100 : Starts 0 : Stops 0 : Opens 0 Closes 0 : Fails 0 : Fatals 0 : ConnExps 0 : HldExps 0 : KeepExps 0 RxOpens 0 : RxKeeps 0 : RxUpds 0 : RxNotifs 0 : TxUpds 0 : TxNotifs 0 BadEvts 0 : SynFails 0 : RxeCodeP 0x41a1b6b8 : RxHdrCodeP 0x41a1b6d4 : RxOpCodeP 0x41a1b6e4 RxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b704 : TxEcodeP 0x41a1b734 : TxHdrcodeP 0x41a1b750 : TxOpCo
PAGE 395
AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSupp 0 : AfDampMaxHld 0 : AfDampCeiling 0 : AfDampRmapP show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. The range is 140 characters.
PAGE 396
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] filter-list as-path-name ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 397
Example Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp filter-list hello BGP table version is 80227, local router ID is 120.1.1.
PAGE 398
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list aspath-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. The range is 140 characters. regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match.
PAGE 399
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped.
PAGE 400
Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp inconsistent-as command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route.
PAGE 401
* 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 701 i 0 18508 209 701 i show ip bgp neighbors Allows you to view the information BGP neighbors exchange.
PAGE 402
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters.
PAGE 403
The Lines Beginning with: Description • keepalive interval is the number of seconds between keepalive messages to help ensure that the TCP session is still alive. Received messages This line displays the number of BGP messages received, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing.
PAGE 404
Example () Dell#show ip bgp neighbors BGP neighbor is 10.10.10.1, remote AS 23456, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 10.10.10.1 BGP state ESTABLISHED, in this state for 00:00:35 . . . Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) 4_OCTECT_AS(65) ADD_PATH (69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Example Dell#show ip bgp neighbors BGP neighbor is 100.10.10.2, remote AS 200, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 192.168.2.
PAGE 405
n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf *>r 1.10.1.0/24 0.0.0.0 5000 *>r 1.11.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 5000 ..... ... *>I 223.94.249.0/24 223.100.4.249 0 100 *>I 223.94.250.0/24 223.100.4.250 0 100 *>I 223.100.0.0/16 223.100.255.254 0 100 Total number of prefixes: 74102 Example (ReceivedRoutes) Next Hop 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.
PAGE 406
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp next-hop • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 407
63.114.8.60 63.114.8.60, Te 2/22 Dell> 135155 0 0 00:18:11 show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression] regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
PAGE 408
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example. Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes. Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute.
PAGE 409
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 410
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths community Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 410 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.
PAGE 411
286:3033 1899:3033 64675:21092 0x1e433f4c 46 8 209:209 209:5097 209:21362 3908:900 19092:300 0x1f173294 48 16 209:209 209:21226 286:40 286:777 286:3040 5606:40 12955:5606 0x1c9f8e24 50 6 209:209 209:4069 209:21362 3908:900 19092:300 0x1c9f88e4 53 4 209:209 209:3193 209:21362 3908:900 19092:300 0x1f58a944 57 6 209:209 209:2073 209:21362 3908:900 19092:300 0x1ce6be44 80 2 209:209 209:999 209:40832 0x1c6e2374 80 2 209:777 209:41528 0x1f58ad6c 82 46 209:209 209:41528 0x1c6e2064 83 2 209:777 209:40832 0x1f588ecc
PAGE 412
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810.
PAGE 413
12.1.1.2* 12.1.1.3* 12.1.1.4* 12.1.1.5* 12.1.1.6* 12.2.1.2* 12.2.1.3* 12.2.1.4* 12.2.1.5* 12.2.1.6* 12.3.1.2* 12.3.1.3* 12.3.1.4* 12.3.1.5* 12.3.1.6* 12.4.1.2* 12.4.1.3* 12.4.1.4* 12.4.1.5* 12.4.1.6* Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 414
• Command Modes Command History • • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (S4810) 414 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 415
11853 11853 11853 *>I 4.17.251.0/24 11853 11853 11853 *>I 4.17.252.0/23 11853 11853 11853 *>I 4.19.2.0/23 6167 6167 6167 i *>I 4.19.16.0/23 6167 6167 6167 i *>I 4.21.80.0/22 4200 16559 i *>I 4.21.82.0/24 4200 16559 i *>I 4.21.252.0/23 6389 8063 19198 i *>I 4.23.180.0/24 6128 30576 i *>I 4.36.200.0/21 11854 14135 i *>I 4.67.64.0/22 19281 i *>I 4.78.32.0/21 29748 i *>I 6.1.0.0/16 i *>I 6.2.0.0/22 i *>I 6.3.0.0/18 i 11853 6496 1.1.1.2 11853 6496 1.1.1.2 11853 6496 1.1.1.
PAGE 416
Usage Information 416 The following describes the show ip bgp summary command shown in the following example. Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used.
PAGE 417
Field Description Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed. The output format is: State/Pfxrcd Time Established Display Example < 1 day 00:12:23 (hours:minutes:seconds) < 1 week 1d21h (DaysHours) > 1 week 11w2d (WeeksDays) If the neighbor is in Established stage, the number of network prefixes received.
PAGE 418
show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 419
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 420
Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 421
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 422
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route.
PAGE 423
To remove (delete) the rule, use the no deny {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command. Parameters rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin). as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4byte AS number:2-byte community value).
PAGE 424
Parameters regex Enter a regular expression. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 425
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip extcommunity-list To enter the Extended Community-list mode, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip extcommunity-list word To exit from this mode, use the exit command. Parameters word Enter a community list name (maximum 16 characters). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 426
Parameters extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 427
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 428
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Example Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature.
PAGE 429
Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 430
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 431
name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the extcommunity-list. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 432
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 433
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.
PAGE 434
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 435
Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced Enter ipv6unicast to enter the BGP for IPv6 mode (CONF-ROUTER_BGPv6_AF). address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). Z9500 Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6.
PAGE 436
advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map followed by the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route. as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route.
PAGE 437
In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. Z9500 Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, use the no bgp always-compare-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS).
PAGE 438
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, use the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 439
Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During the path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over those with a higher MED.
PAGE 440
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID.
PAGE 441
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute.
PAGE 442
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are positiondependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command.
PAGE 443
bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. Z9500 Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 444
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 445
Parameters neighbor ipaddress | peergroup-name ip-address of the neighbor in IP address format of the neighbor. • peer-group-name of the neighbor peer group. Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the maximum number of seconds needed to restart and bring up all peers. The range is 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds. stale-path-time seconds Enter the keywords stale-path-time followed by the maximum number of seconds to wait before restarting a peer’s stale paths.
PAGE 446
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. Z9500 Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command.
PAGE 447
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not.
PAGE 448
convergence. Additionally, the show bgp commands, which are filtered through regular expressions, use up CPU cycles particularly with large databases. The regex engine performance enhancement feature optimizes the CPU usage by caching and reusing regular expression evaluation results. This caching and reuse may be at the expensive of RP1 processor memory. Related Commands show ip protocols – views information on all enabled and active routing protocols.
PAGE 449
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 450
Command History Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced • show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 451
clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6-address [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP.
PAGE 452
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address family.
PAGE 453
Parameters Command Modes Command History as-number Enter an autonomous system (AS) number to reset neighbors belonging to that AS. If used without a qualifier, the keyword resets all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is 1 to 65535. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that AS. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family.
PAGE 454
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced After you enter this command, the software deletes history routes and returns suppressed routes to active state. clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 455
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you enter clear ip bgp flap-statistics without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics – views BGP flap statistics. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions.
PAGE 456
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 457
Command Modes Command History • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages.
PAGE 458
Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes.
PAGE 459
Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command.
PAGE 460
updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 461
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates.
PAGE 462
default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is 1 to 4294967295. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 463
Command History Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Z9500 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 464
Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 465
number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 466
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisementinterval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 467
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 468
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor defaultoriginate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
PAGE 469
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If you do not configure the prefix list, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 470
ttl Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install default routes of the multihop peer.
PAGE 471
Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors – displays information on the BGP neighbors. neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-pathname {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 472
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message.
PAGE 473
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 474
Usage Information You can assign up to 64 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 475
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Related Commands Introduced When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode). • • • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as – assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown – disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one.
PAGE 476
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 477
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Applies to EBGP neighbors only. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
PAGE 478
Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
PAGE 479
When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} send-community command.
PAGE 480
Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 481
Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 482
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 483
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 484
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced In the software’s best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred.
PAGE 485
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Z9500 Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 486
network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Z9500 Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ipv6-address prefix-length backdoor command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The r range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 487
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 488
match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If you do not configure the route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 489
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address ipv6-address • • Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 490
neighbor 4000::33 no shutdown neighbor 4000::60 remote-as 18508 neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate neighbor 9000::1:2 no shutdown ! Dell# Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
PAGE 491
Parameters Command Modes Command History regexp regularexpression • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences).
PAGE 492
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths community Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database.
PAGE 493
• + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
PAGE 494
Version 8.3.10.0 Related Commands Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 prefix-list — configures an IPv6 prefix-list. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current BGP routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip bgp ipv6 unicast [network [network-mask] [longerprefixes]] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 495
Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
PAGE 496
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 497
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 498
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
PAGE 499
Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 500
routes Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 501
9000::4: Peer-group RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, remote AS 18508 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections.
PAGE 502
00:16:43 9000::b:14 18508 00:13:01 Dell# 0 29 0 29 0 0 0 timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. Z9500 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 503
show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 mbgproutes ipv6-address prefix-length | summary ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. summary Display a summary of RPF routes.
PAGE 504
PAGE 505
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 9 You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 506
validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 507
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Added support for fcoe. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dualqos. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 508
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 509
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable this command, if a Policy Map containing classification rules (ACL and/or dscp/ ip-precedence rules) is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe, only a single copy of the policy is written (only one FP entry is used). NOTE: An ACL itself may still require more that a single FP entry, regardless of the number of interfaces.
PAGE 510
IpMacAcl VmanQos EcfmAcl Openflow : : : : 0 0 0 0 -- linecard 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 1 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 Openflow : 0 -- linecard 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 1 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 Openflow : 0 -- linecard 2 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl :
PAGE 511
Parameters input policymap-name Enter the name of the policy map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters. linecard number portset port-pipenumber Enter a line card and port-pipe number to check CAM usage on specified ports. The range of valid port-pipe numbers is 0 to 3. Enter linecard all to verify the CAM space available for all ports on the switch. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 512
Example 512 Term Explanation Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM.
PAGE 513
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 10 Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 514
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. There are three line cards (0-2) with fixed ports on the Z9500. Line card 0 uses three sets of ports (port pipes): 0 to 2; line cards 1 and 2 use four sets of ports: 0 to 3. • • On line card 0, port set 0 consists of ports 0–44; port set 1 consists of ports 48–92; port set 2 consists of ports 96–140.
PAGE 515
Defaults Clear per-queue rate-limiting counters for all control-plane and port traffic. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 516
Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits traffic on control-plane queues. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 517
service-policy rate-limit-protocols cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 518
policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show contol—traffic protocol [cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset port-pipe] counters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display counters for ratelimited traffic on the central switch (aggregated CoPP).
PAGE 519
Protocol RxBytes TxBytes Drops ----------------------STP 14956278172 403036 14955875136 LLDP 15029657016 559096 15029097920 PVST 0 0 0 LACP 15122824104 556648 15122267456 GVRP 14988129080 551480 14987577600 ARP RESP/ARP REQ 29604578172 3559868 29601018304 802.
PAGE 520
MSDP 0 0 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 0 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 0 0 iSCSI 0 0 0 FCoE 0 0 0 SFLOW 0 0 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 0 0 HYPERPULL 0 0 0 OPENFLOW 0 0 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 0 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 show control-traffic queue Display per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
PAGE 521
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 522
range from_queue to_queue Display the rate for a range of control-plane queues. The range of CPU queue values is from 0 to 23. Separate the from_queue value from the to_queue value with a space; for example, show cpu-queue rate range 8 15. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command.
PAGE 523
show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 CPU queue mapping for IPv4 protocols. Z9500 Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for IPv4 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps).
PAGE 524
UDP (RIP) any RP 200 TCP (SSH) any CP 400 TCP (TELNET) any CP 400 VRRP any RP 400 520 _ Q15 22 _ Q4 23 _ Q4 any _ Q15 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 CPU queue mapping for IPv6 protocols. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 525
RP ICMP RS RP ICMP CP VRRP RP OSPF RP 600 600 any any _ Q2/Q10 any 150 any 400 any 2500 any _ Q5 any _ Q15 any _ Q15 CP/ show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. Z9500 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 526
09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 RP 500 Q15 any show protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 protocol-queue mapping for each configured protocol. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show protocol-queue-mapping [queue-id queue-number] queue-id queue-number (Optional) Display the protocol-queue mapping for a specified control-plane queue. The range of CPU queue numbers is from 0 to 23. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 527
500 PVST 200 LACP 500 ARP 600 GVRP 200 FRRP 300 ECFM 150 ISIS 500 L2PT 150 v6 BGP 2500 v6 OSPF 2500 v6 VRRP 400 MLD 150 v6 ICMP NA 600 v6 ICMP RA 600 v6 ICMP NS 600 v6 ICMP RS 600 v6 ICMP 300 BGP 2500 OSPF 2500 RIP 200 VRRP 400 ICMP 300 IGMP 300 PIM 300 MSDP 100 BFD 7000 802.
PAGE 528
400 3000 TELNET 400 2000 SSH 400 2000 VLT CTRL 2000 3000 VLT IPM PDU 500 3000 VLT TTL1 100 500 HYPERPULL 500 1000 OPENFLOW 300 1000 FEFD 150 1000 TRACEFLOW 200 500 FCoE 300 2000 SFLOW 5000 3000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 400 5000 L3 UNKNOWN/ 200 3000 UNRESOLVED ARP L2 DST HIT/ 200 500 BROADCAST MULTICAST CATCH ALL 200 500 v6 MULTICAST CATCH 100 500 ALL L3 HEADER ERROR/ 200 500 TTL0 IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 SOURCE MISS 200 500 STATION MOVE 200 500 528 3000 Q4 2000 Q4 2000 Q12 3000 Q4/Q12 3000 Q0
PAGE 529
Debugging and Diagnostics 11 Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 530
rp unit-id Enter the keyword rp unit-id parameters to run offline diagnostic tests only on the Route Processor CPU. The Route Processor CPU ID is 0. linecard unit-id Enter the linecard unit-id parameters to run offline diagnostic tests only on a specified line card. The range of line-card CPU IDs is from 0 to 2. Each line-card CPU processes packets on the corresponding Z9500 line card; for example, line-card CPU 1 processes packets on line card 1.
PAGE 531
Usage Information Before you use this command to run diagnostic test, make sure the switch is offline (offline system command). You are prompted to reboot when the off-line diagnostics complete. Use the show diag command to view a summary of diagnostic information presented for each Z9500 CPU. At the end of offline diagnostic tests, a test report is generated. The filename of the report is TestReport-{CP/LP/RP}-N.
PAGE 532
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. To run diagnostic tests on an offline switch, use the diag command.
PAGE 533
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command is used to manually reset or reboot the system when diagnostics complete. Related Commands diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. offline stack-unit— bring the system offline to run diagnostic tests. show diag Display results of offline diagnostic tests on a switch.
PAGE 534
Usage Information Use the show diag command to view a summary of diagnostic information presented for each Z9500 CPU. CPU diagnostic results are presented in the following order: Control Processor (CP), line-card processor 0 (LP0), line-card processor 1 (LP1), line-card processor 2 (LP2), and Route Processor (RP).
PAGE 535
Available free memory: 2,635,960,320 bytes --------- Group Test Statistics --------Total : 11 Passed : 9 Failed : 2 Elapsed time : 00H:00M:18S Stop reason : after completion ------ Failed tests (level, times) -----i2cTest (0, 1) qsfpOpticsTest (0, 1) -----------------------------------------------------------------Dell# show diag linecard 0 detail Diag status of linecard member 0: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- AM. linecard is currently offline.
PAGE 536
offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP5" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=28 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP6" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=40 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP7" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=39 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP8" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=38 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP9" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=37 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP10" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=36 address=0x50 o
PAGE 537
Starting test: temperatureTest ...... Thermal Monitor Diodes: Diode[0] temperature 38.0 C Diode[1] temperature 39.4 C Diode[2] temperature 39.1 C Diode[4] temperature 38.9 C Port card[0]: Average temperature 50.2 C, maximum 53.6 C Port card[1]: Average temperature 48.7 C, maximum 51.4 C Port card[2]: Average temperature 48.8 C, maximum 50.9 C Ethernet MAC temperature 50.0 C temperatureTest .............................................
PAGE 538
Usage Information Use the show diag information command to view the progress of offline diagnostics on Z9500 CPUs: line-card processors (Linecard slots 0 to 2), Control Processor (Linecard slot 3), and Route Processor (Linecard slot 4). Example: Before offline diagnostics are run on a switch Dell# show diag information Diag information: Diag software image version: 9-2(1-509) -----------------------------------------------------------------Linecard slot 0: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline).
PAGE 539
show diag testcase Display the offline diagnostic tests available for the Z9500 CPUs at each level. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show diag testcase {all | {{cp | rp | linecard} unit-id} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] all Enter the keyword all to display the complete suite of offline diagnostic tests available on the Z9500. cp unit-id Enter the cp unit-id parameters to display only the offline diagnostic tests available on the Control Processor CPU. The Control Processor CPU ID is 0.
PAGE 540
These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations. Defaults Display the complete set of offline diagnostic tests available at all levels. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information Offline diagnostics tests are grouped into three levels: • • • Example 540 Level 0 — Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board.
PAGE 541
Command History NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO sataSsdTest: ALL RUN YES YES temperatureTest: ALL RUN YES NO This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 542
Defaults Dynamic Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Changed the default value from global 4q to Dynamic. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 543
Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to clear the counters for control traffic on the control plane. linecard slot-id portset portpipe Enter the slot ID and port pipe to clear the counters for control traffic on a specified Z9500 line card and port set. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. The range of port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0 and 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2. all Enter the keyword all to clear control-traffic statistics on the control plane and all line cards.
PAGE 544
• cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic. The command options are: • linecard slot-id unit unit-num rp 544 counters: Clears the counters for control-plane and protocol control packets to troubleshoot an error condition. Enter the linecard slot-id parameters with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for a specified Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 545
sfm sfm-unitnum Enter the keyword sfm with an Switch Fabric Module (SFM) unit number and a command option to clear hardware statistics from the specified SFM on the Z9500. The range of SFM unit numbers is from 0 to 5. The command options are: • counters: Clears the traffic counters for an SFM unit. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 546
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 547
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. Version 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 548
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. show hardware Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component.
PAGE 549
with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. cp-switch linecard slot-id Debugging and Diagnostics • cpu i2c statistics : Displays active i2c-address statistics. • cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. • cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays satainterface error counter statistics. Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to display hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic.
PAGE 550
• user-port {user-port-num | port-range}: Displays statistics on a specified line-card port or range of ports. • unit unit-num {counters | details | ipmcreplication | port-stats | register | table-dump}: Displays statistics on a specified line-card port pipe unit. The range of port-pipe unit numbers is 0 to 3. The command options are: – counters: Displays the traffic counters for a specified port pipe. – details: Displays more detailed hardware information for a specified port pipe.
PAGE 551
sfm sfm-unitnum Enter the keyword sfm with an Switch Fabric Module (SFM) unit number and a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified SFM on the Z9500. The range of SFM unit numbers is from 0 to 5. The command options are: • buffer {total-buffer | unit unit-num {port port-num | total-buffer}: Displays buffer statistics from the total SFM buffer or from a specified SFM unit. The range of SFM unit ID numbers is from 0 to 5. The range of SFM unit ports is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 552
{counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} Version 7.7.1.0 Example (Linecard CPU Dataplane: Statistics) Example (Party-Bus Port: Statistics) 552 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 553
tx_q5_pkts = 0 tx_broad_pkts = 6178 tx_multi_pkts = 852 tx_uni_pkts = 296429 tx_pause_pkts = 0 tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_excess_cols = 0 tx_deferred = 0 tx_discarded = 0 Party Bus Receive Counters for port 0: Rx Octets = 219885483 Rx Undersize Packets = 0 Rx Oversize Packets = 0 Rx Pause Packets = 0 Rx 64 Octet Packets = 115814 Rx 65to127octets Packets = 13278 Rx 128to255octets Packets = 523 Rx 256to511octets Packets = 3382 Rx 512to1023octets Packets = 2530 Rx 1024
PAGE 554
0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 28 0 32 0 36 0 40 0 44 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 554 0 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 25 0 29 0 33 0 37 0 41 0 45 0 50 0 51 0 52 0 53 0 54 0 55 0 56 0 57 0 58 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 555
--- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 HOL DROPS on COS6 HOL DROPS on COS7 HOL DROPS on COS8 HOL DROPS on COS9 HOL DROPS on COS10 HOL DROPS on COS11 HOL DROPS on COS12 HOL DROPS on COS13 HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 HOL DROPS on COS18 HOL DROPS on COS19 HOL DROPS on COS20 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops -
PAGE 556
F SFI 1550 xe8 up F SFI 1550 xe9 !ena F SFI 1550 xe10 !ena F SFI 1550 xe11 !ena F SFI 1550 xe12 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe13 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe14 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe15 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe16 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe17 !ena F XGMII 1550 ge0 up FA GMII 16360 hg0 up F XGMII 16360 hg1 up F XGMII 16360 hg2 up F XGMII 16360 hg3 up F XGMII 16360 hg4 up F XGMII 16360 hg5 up F XGMII 16360 hg6 up F XGMII 16360 hg7 up F XGMII 16360 hg8 up F XGMII 16360 hg9 up F XGMII 16360 hg10 up F XGMII 16360 hg11 up F XGMII 16360 Example
PAGE 557
0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x56002004 0x56002005 0x56002006 0x56002007 0x56002008 0x56002009 0x5600200a 0x5600
PAGE 558
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl5 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl2 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl3 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
PAGE 559
+217,930 PERQ_DROP_PKT(41).cpu0 : 2,186,107,010 +2,186,107,010 PERQ_DROP_BYTE(0).cpu0 : 14,819,240 +14,819,240 PERQ_DROP_BYTE(41).cpu0 : 148,655,276,680 +148,655,276,680 QUEUE_PEAK(0).cpu0 : 224 QUEUE_PEAK(41).cpu0 : 236 RUC.xe0 : 2,756,973,184 +2,756,973,184 RDBGC0.xe0 : 2,186,634,525 +2,186,634,525 RDBGC5.xe0 : 2,186,634,525 +2,186,634,525 ING_NIV_RX_FRAMES.xe0 : 2,756,973,184 +2,756,973,184 TDBGC3.xe0 : 2,881,121 +2,881,121 TDBGC6.xe0 : 190,692,963,094 +190,692,963,094 12,017,817/s TDBGC10.
PAGE 560
The linkStatus of Front End Port 24 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 25 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 29 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 33 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 37 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 41 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 45 is FALSE The linkStatus of Hg Port 50 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 51 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 52 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 53 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 54 is TRUE The linkStat
PAGE 561
Example (Linecard: Total-Buffer) Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 buffer total-buffer ------ Buffer Details for linecard 2 -----Total Buffers allocated per linecard 61440 Example (Linecard Unit Port: BufferInfo) Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: Default Packet Buffer allocate for Used Packet Buffer for the Port: 0 buffer unit 0 port 12 13 ----44537 the Port: 150 Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 0 buffer unit 0 port
PAGE 562
Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HighGigabit Port Statistics) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-b
PAGE 563
port-set portpipe Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0 and 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 564
slice=1, slice_idx=0x1, part =1 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 0 idx=4 entries=1} {Packets} Usage Information The port-set values are internal port numbers.
PAGE 565
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The port-set values are internal port numbers. For a cross reference of the internal and port numbers, refer to the Debugging and Diagnostics chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the Z9500 System.
PAGE 566
show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for a Z9500 line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data. linecardslot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 567
EID 0x000011b8: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0x11b8, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1} {Packets} EID 0x00001101: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=
PAGE 568
Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display information on system flows of control-plane traffic. linecard slot-id portset portpipe Enter the slot ID and port pipe to display information on system flows on a specified Z9500 line card and port set. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. The range of port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0; 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 569
Offset: 61 Width: 128 DATA=0x00000040 00000000 00000000 00000000 MASK=0x00003fc0 00000000 00000000 00000000 slice=0, slice_idx=0x100, part =1 prio=0x100, flags=0x10302, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, action={act=CosQNew, param0=7(0x7), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPbmp, param0=-2147483648(0x80000000), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RpDrop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer={peak_kbits_sec=0x180, peak_kbits_burst=0x4b, commi
PAGE 570
--More-############## FP Entry for GVRP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for FRRP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for ECFM --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for L2PT --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for v6 BGP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for v6 VRRP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for v6 ICMP NS --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for v6 ICMP CPU BOUND ################ --Mo
PAGE 571
tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic. Z9500 Syntax tcpdump {cp | rp} [capture-duration time | filter expression | max-file-count value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 572
Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 573
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 12 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 574
server statistics Enter the keywords server statistics to clear all counter information on the DHCP server. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 575
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 576
Parameters interface typeslot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP log messages for a specified interface. The valid interface types are: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 577
Jan 7 01:41:36: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP DISCOVER sent in Interface Fo 2/0 default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference.
PAGE 578
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...
PAGE 579
Parameters name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 580
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 581
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 582
• Release the IP address that was dynamically acquired from a DHCP server from the interface. • Disable the DHCP client on the interface so it cannot acquire a dynamic IP address from a DHCP server. • Stop DHCP packet transactions on the interface. To release the IP address dynamically acquired from a DHCP server and allow an interface to acquire a new DHCP server-assigned address, enter the release dhcp interface type slot/port command in EXEC Privilege mode.
PAGE 583
Related Commands ip address dhcp — configures an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. ip address dhcp vendor-class-identifier Include the vendor-class identifier option (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip address dhcp vendor-class-identifier text vendor-classidentifier text Include a user-configurable text string with the hardwarerelated information (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 584
lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 585
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 586
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters network network /prefix-length network/ prefix-length Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is from 17 to 31. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 587
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp client statistics Display statistical information about DHCP client interfaces.
PAGE 588
DHCPRENEW DHCPINFORM 0 0 show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 589
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 590
Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Example show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 590 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 591
DHCPACK DHCPNAK 16 0 Configure Secure DHCP and DHCP Relay DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks, including using the switch as a DHCP relay agent. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. Z9500 Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 592
Command Modes Command History • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 593
Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.
PAGE 594
Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet.
PAGE 595
ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 596
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 597
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.2.1.
PAGE 598
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.
PAGE 599
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 600
Related Commands 600 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 601
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 13 Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 602
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode.
PAGE 603
• hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} dest-ip: Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing • lsb: Returns the LSB of the key as the hash • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of C
PAGE 604
• xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 • xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR seed seedvalue Enter the keyword seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id | port-set portpipe Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The slot IDs range from 0 to 2. Enter the port-set port-pipe parametrs to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on the line card. The port-pipe range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 605
• Dell(conf)#hash-algorithm linecard 5 ip-sa-mask ff ip-damask ff • % Error: This command is not supported in the current microcode configuration In addition, the linecard slot-id ip-sa-mask value ip-da-mask value option has the following behavior to maintain bi-directionality: • When hashing is done on both IPSA and IPDA, the ip-sa-mask and ip-damask values must be equal. (Single Linecard).
PAGE 606
Term heading Description heading lsb Defaults • crc-lower • dest-ip enabled Returns the LSB of the key as the hash. The default is crclower. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 607
hash-algorithm hg To distribute traffic flows across different internal HiGig links, change the hash algorithm. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hash-algorithm hg {crc16 | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB} linecard slot-id port-set portpipe crc16 Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default). xor1 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1.
PAGE 608
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number [linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id port-set portpipe (Optional) Enter the line-card slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which you configure HiGig hashing. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2.
PAGE 609
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 610
Parameters maximumpaths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature. If you enable the feature, re-enter this keyword to disable the feature. Defaults 16 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 611
Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Z9500 Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 612
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 613
Te 0/4 Te 0/3 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Up Up 5 30 613
PAGE 614
PAGE 615
14 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 616
Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 617
detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 618
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 619
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. Z9500 Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
PAGE 620
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 621
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 622
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Z9500 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 623
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 624
• The number of state change counters Example (Summary) Dell#show frrp summary Example (1) Dell#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member V
PAGE 625
invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms. Default: 500 ms. dead-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword dead-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the dead interval of the control packets. The range is from 50 to 6000 ms. Default: 1500 ms. NOTE: The configured dead interval must be at least three times the hello interval.
PAGE 626
PAGE 627
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 15 The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 628
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 629
Related Commands show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Z9500 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/ LEAVE events.
PAGE 630
disable Globally disable GVRP. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 631
NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave Enter the keyword leave then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 600 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave-all Enter the keywords leave-all then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave-all time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
PAGE 632
gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. Z9500 Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 633
Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 634
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable — globally disables GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration.
PAGE 635
show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. Z9500 Syntax show garp timers Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 636
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 637
show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} interface interface summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the interface keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 638
• Example An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
PAGE 639
16 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • • Basic Interface Commands EIS Commands Port Channel Commands UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 640
vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface counters.
PAGE 641
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/ port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 642
dampening — configures dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppressthreshold]] [max-suppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 643
Usage Information With each flap, the system penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the ErrorDisabled state. This interface state is deemed as “down” by all static/dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols. The penalty is exponentially decayed based on the half-life timer.
PAGE 644
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Modified for E-Series: Revised from 78 to 240 characters. Important Points to Remember: • To use special characters as a part of the description string, you must enclose the whole string in double quotes.
PAGE 645
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Documentation modified—added Management to distinguish from duplex (10/100 Interfaces). Usage Information This command applies only to the Management interface on the route processor modules (RPMs). Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM).
PAGE 646
Defaults An interface ignores flow-control frames received from other network devices (rx off) and does not transmit pause frames (tx off). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 647
• Asymmetric flow control (rx on tx off, or rx off tx on) setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb/s speed is not permitted. The following error is returned: Can’t configure Asymmetric flowcontrol when speed <1G, config ignored • The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off.
PAGE 648
• • • • range For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. (Optional) Enter the keyword range to configure an interface range.
PAGE 649
Related Commands interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface. Z9500 Syntax interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface, use the no interface loopback number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the interface number.
PAGE 650
Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). Z9500 Syntax Parameters interface ManagementEthernet slot/port slot/port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet, then the slot number (0 or 1) and port number zero (0). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 651
Example Dell(conf)#interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-ma-0/0)# Related Commands management route — configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. duplex (Management) — clears the forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a specified line card. speed (Management interface) — clears the FIB entries on a specified line card. interface null Configure a Null interface on the switch.
PAGE 652
Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration).
PAGE 653
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 654
Example (Overlapping Ports) Dell(conf)#interface range te 2/1 - 11, te 2/1 - 23 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/1-23# Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface port-channel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces.
PAGE 655
interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel, or VLAN number.
PAGE 656
Example (Single Range) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test.
PAGE 657
Example (Single Range) Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example displays the macro named test.
PAGE 658
Example (Single Range) Dell(conf)#int vlan 3 Dell(conf-if-vl-3)# Related Commands interface – configures a physical interface. interface loopback – configures a loopback interface. interface null – configures a null interface. interface port-channel – configures a port channel group. show vlan – displays the current VLAN configuration on the switch. shutdown – disables/enables the VLAN. tagged – adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface.
PAGE 659
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up. When you configure no keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down.
PAGE 660
monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. Z9500 Syntax monitor interface [interface] [linecard slot-id] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key.
PAGE 661
Usage Information Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the Examples, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
PAGE 662
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/32 Up Fo 2/36 Down Fo 2/40 Up Fo 2/44 Up Fo 2/48 Down Fo 2/52 Down Fo 2/56 Down Fo 2/60 Down Fo 2/64 Down Fo 2/68 Down Fo 2/72 Down Fo 2/76 Down Fo 2/80 Down Fo 2/84 Down Fo 2/88 Down Fo 2/92 Down Fo 2/96 Down screen 1 2 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interv
PAGE 663
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 1/12 Down Fo 1/16 Up Fo 1/20 Up Fo 2/24 Down Fo 2/28 Up Fo 2/32 Up Fo 2/36 Down Fo 2/40 Up Fo 2/44 Up Ma 0/0 Down screen 0 11 11 0 11 12 0 13 12 1 0 0 11 0 11 0 0 0 12 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear r - Display a - Page down t - Decrease Dell# monitor interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 4 minute(
PAGE 664
Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 3 in unit 0 is up Input throttles: 0 0 pps 0 Input CRC: 0 0 pps 0 Input IP checksum: 0 0 pps 0 Input overrun: 0 0 pps 0 Output underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Output throttles: 0 0 pps 0 screen m - Change mode l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear a - Page down t - Decrease mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface.
PAGE 665
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header. When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows.
PAGE 666
portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Z9500 Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 667
The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example. This example shows unconfiguration of the hybrid port using the no portmode hybrid command. NOTE: Remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port.
PAGE 668
NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45. Defaults 299 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 669
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell NetworkingOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the hard reset option. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 670
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 671
Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 672
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Added support for the tunnel interface type. Version 9.1(0.
PAGE 673
Line Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is... Interface hardware information, assigned MAC address, and current address. Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
PAGE 674
Line Description – runts = number of packets that are less than 64B – giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size – throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames • Number of CRC, overrun, and discarded packets: – CRC = packets with CRC/FCS errors – overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions – discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing Output Statistics: Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: •
PAGE 675
Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:08:58 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts,
PAGE 676
Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 677
MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 01:22:55 Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 01:22:55 Example (ManagementE thernet Interface with two IPv6 addresses) Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interface index is
PAGE 678
show interfaces phy show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S-Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show range – displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command.
PAGE 679
0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interv
PAGE 680
Wavelength is 0.00nm --More-Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces dampening [[interface] [linecard slot-id] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 681
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 682
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 682 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 683
Phy Specific Control Phy Specific Status Values are: • 0 - Manual MDI • 1 - Manual MDIX • 2 - N/A • 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Displays PHY-specific status information.
PAGE 684
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface.
PAGE 685
Example Interfaces Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 686
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces switchport Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.1Q tag status and VLAN membership.
PAGE 687
Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Example The following describes the show interfaces switchport command for the following example. Items Description Name Displays the interface’s type, slot, and port number. 802.
PAGE 688
Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number.
PAGE 689
Version 6.5.4.0 Usage Information Interfaces Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces transceiver command shown in the following example. Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Temp High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and SFP+.
PAGE 690
Line Description Voltage Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temperature Current temperature of the SFPs.
PAGE 691
Interfaces Line Description Tx Disable state If the admin status of the port is down then this flag is set to true. Temperature High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above. Voltage High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Tx Bias High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above.
PAGE 692
Example Line Description Tx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/0 transceiver SFP is present.
PAGE 693
SFP 1 Voltage = 3.293V SFP 1 Tx Bias Current = 6.894mA SFP 1 Tx Power = 0.328mW SFP 1 Rx Power = 0.
PAGE 694
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 695
Related Commands ecmp-group — configures a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution. shutdown Disable an interface. Z9500 Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 696
Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface. interface vlan — creates a VLAN. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status. Add the keyword brief to display a table of interfaces and their status. speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. Z9500 Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s.
PAGE 697
Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). management route — configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode. Z9500 Syntax switchport [backup interface {tengigabit slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | port-channel number}] To remove an interface from Layer 2 mode and place it in Layer 3 mode, enter the no switchport command.
PAGE 698
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the portchannel number option). Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 699
Parameters applicationtype all Enter any of the following keywords: • For DNS, enter the keyword dns. • For FTP, enter the keyword ftp. • For NTP, enter the keyword ntp. • For Radius, enter the keyword radius. • For sFlow collectors, enter the keyword sflowcollector. • For SNMP (traps and MIB responses), enter the keywords snmp . • For SSH, enter the keyword ssh . • For Syslog, enter the keyword syslog. • For TACACS, enter the keyword tacacs. • For Telnet, enter the keyword telnet.
PAGE 700
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-fallback-cntr Clear management application packet fallback counters for all management application types. Z9500 Syntax clear management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 701
show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. Z9500 Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2. (0.
PAGE 702
ntp radius sflow-collector snmp ssh syslog tacacs telnet tftp : : : : : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Z9500 Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 703
Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In the Dell Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. • For the S-Series, the maximum port channel ID is 128 and the maximum members per port channel is 8.
PAGE 704
Usage Information Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration.
PAGE 705
port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs. Defaults none Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 706
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 707
interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Z9500 Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1.
PAGE 708
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. Z9500 Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 709
show config Display the current configuration of the selected LAG. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 710
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 711
Example Interfaces Field Description Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte...
PAGE 712
Dell# User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 713
Parameters outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information. incominginterface interface Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 714
Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets). The show port-channel-flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port-channel if a valid flow is entered. A mismatched flow error occurs if MAC-based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and you are trying to display a Layer 3 flow.
PAGE 715
• Line-card slot 0 uses three NPUs numbered 0 to 2. • Line-card slot 1 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. • Line-card slot 2 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. SFM NPUs are numbered 0 to 5. Line-card and SFM NPUs use high-Gigabit port channels to transmit data. • An SFM NPU uses 11 high-Gigabit port channels, one port channel to transmit data to each line-card NPU. Each high-Gigabit port channel in an SFM NPU consists of two high-Gigabit links.
PAGE 716
Example Dell# clear hardware linecard 0 hg-stats npuUnit 0 port 59 Dell# show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats npuUnit 0 port 59 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/0/59, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0
PAGE 717
enable Enable high-Gigabit link-bundle monitoring. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. Version 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch. Usage Information You can configure high-Gigabit link bundle monitoring so that a system log message or an SNMP trap is generated when traffic distribution in a bundle is uneven. The formula that determines uneven traffic distribution is predefined.
PAGE 718
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. Version 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. Defaults The default trigger-threshold value is 60. Usage Information The trigger-threshold of bandwidth usage, which determines when the calculation of link-bundle utilization is performed, is set at 60 percent of the link-bundle bandwidth.
PAGE 719
Command History Version 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 720
0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 63970532045 packets, 5117642582960 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 63970531981 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 63970532058 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.
PAGE 721
Usage Information The following table illustrates the fields displayed in the output of this command: Field Description Link-bundle trigger threshold Percentage value of link-bundle bandwidth that serves as the threshold for marking a link bundle as being overutilized, triggering link-bundle monitoring, and generating an SNMP alarm. Slot Slot number of a Z9500 line card. npuUnit Network processing unit (NPU) ID number of a high-Gigabit link bundle/ port-channel.
PAGE 722
snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Enable the generation of SNMP traps and notifications when high-Gigabit link-bundle monitoring is enabled. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm hg-lbm Enter the keyword hg-lbm to enable traps for high-Gigabit link-bundle monitoring. CONFIGURATION mode Version 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. Version 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 723
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 724
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 725
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 726
PAGE 727
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 17 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 728
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
PAGE 729
Version 9.2(0.0) Usage Information Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Dell(conf)#int ten 0/4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/4)#ipv6 address 200:1::/64 eui64 Dell(conf)#int ten 0/6 Dell(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec.
PAGE 730
management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. Z9500 Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy.. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 731
mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number. destinationport number Enter the destination port number. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 732
Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec. ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes).
PAGE 733
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 734
Inbound ESP Auth Key : [0]:: Inbound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b67 89509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 Outbound AH SPI : 0 Outbound ESP Auth SPI : 0 Outbound ESP Encry SPI: 257 Outound AH Key : [0]:: Outound ESP Auth Key : [0]:: Outound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b67 89509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 734 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination
PAGE 735
Dell# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. Z9500 Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command. Parameters transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 736
PAGE 737
18 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Z9500 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 738
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.
PAGE 739
Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases. This behavior reduces the potential for the system to slow down while waiting for a multitude of ARP responses. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP.
PAGE 740
Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 5 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 741
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show interfaces — displays the ARP timeout value for all available interfaces.
PAGE 742
NOTE: Transit traffic may not be forwarded during the period when deleted ARP entries are resolved again and re-installed in CAM. Use this option with extreme caution. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 743
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 744
Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip route {* | ip-address mask} * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 745
clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip traffic {cp | rp} cp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 746
cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear TCP statistics only from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear TCP statistics only from the Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 747
count value • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 748
debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Z9500 Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 749
interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B: 8C, teaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.
PAGE 750
count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 751
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity.
PAGE 752
Version 6.3.1.0 Usage Information Example 752 Added the count option. The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length.
PAGE 753
ICMP type=8, code=0 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, unroutable ICMP type=8, code=0 Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (refer to the following example).
PAGE 754
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. dhcp Enter the keyword dhcp to configure an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 755
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 756
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command.
PAGE 757
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command. The system does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN.
PAGE 758
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times.
PAGE 759
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 760
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 761
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 762
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. To avoid denial of service (DOS) attacks, keep the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly low.
PAGE 763
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the ip mtu value to 1536 bytes. To return the IP MTU value to the default, use the no ip mtu command. Compensate for Layer 2 header when configuring link MTU on an Ethernet interface or the system may not fragment packets. If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (the ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include for the Layer 2 header.
PAGE 764
ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Z9500 Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...ipv4-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ip name-server ip-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address, in dotted decimal format, of the name server to be used. ipv4-address2...
PAGE 765
ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 766
To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command. Parameters destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device. mask Enter the mask in the slash prefix format (/x) of the destination IP address. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router in dotted decimal format. interface slot/ port Enter the keyword interface then the slot/port number. tunnel tunnelid Enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID.
PAGE 767
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 0/0 172.31.5.
PAGE 768
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
PAGE 769
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. load-balance By default, the system uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
PAGE 770
tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • ingress-port enable enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is enabled by default. Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • enable — Takes the source port into consideration when doing hash computations. This option is disabled by default.
PAGE 771
load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links.
PAGE 772
mac [sourcemac | sourceport-id | sourcemodule-id | dest-mac | dest-port-id | dest-moduleid | vlan | ethertype | source-destmac ] tunnel [ipv4over-ipv4 | ipv4-over-greipv4 | mac-inmac]} To use MAC key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword mac then one of the parameters: • source-mac — Use source-mac field in hash calculation. • source-port-id — Use src-port-id field in hash calculation. • source-module-id — Use src-module-id field in hash calculation.
PAGE 773
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Z9500 Syntax management route {{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefixlength}} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route{{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix-length}}{forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} command.
PAGE 774
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route. Also, Management static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables. Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 and IPv6 management routes. This command manages both tables.
PAGE 775
linecard slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface port-type slot/port parameters to display the ARP entries learned on a Z9500 port. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. ip ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip with an IP address in the dotted decimal format to display the ARP entries learned with this IP address. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x).
PAGE 776
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Use the show arp command to display the ARP entries learned on the Control Processor and Route Processor. The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)). The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example. Example Row Heading Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry.
PAGE 777
Internet 10.16.127.53 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 CP Internet 10.16.134.254 20 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 CP Internet 133.33.33.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 CP Usage Information Ma 0/0 Ma 0/0 Ma 0/0 The following describes the show arp summary command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries.
PAGE 778
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. arp retries — sets the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Z9500 Syntax show hosts Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 779
Field Description Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. • If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured. Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address.
PAGE 780
show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip cam linecard slot-id port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longer-prefix] | ecmp-group [details | member-info] | summary] slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. pipe-number Enter the number of the line card’s port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 1.
PAGE 781
Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays the number of equal cost multipaths (ECMP) available for the default route for non-Jumbo line cards. For Jumbo line cards, displays 0,1 when ECMP is more than eight. CG Displays 0.
PAGE 782
Example (Summary) Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix-length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0. Current Use Displays the number of routes currently configured for the corresponding prefix or mask on the linecard 0 port pipe 0. Initial Size Displays the CAM size allocated for the corresponding mask. The system adjusts the CAM size if the number of routes for the mask exceeds the initial allocation.
PAGE 783
show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip fib linecard slot-id [ip-address/prefix-list | summary] slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address is dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Enter the mask in slash prefix format (/X).
PAGE 784
Example Field Description Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. Index Displays the internal interface number. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths.
PAGE 785
Parameters interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format.
PAGE 786
Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show port-channel-flow command. The show ip flow command does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available).
PAGE 787
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a brief summary of the interfaces and whether an IP address is assigned. configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configured to display the physical interfaces with non-default configurations only.
PAGE 788
Example Lines Description Inbound access... Displays the name of the configured incoming access list. If none is configured, the phrase “not set” is displayed. Proxy ARP... States whether proxy ARP is enabled on the interface. Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables...
PAGE 789
administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 10.10.10.
PAGE 790
administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 unassigned up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 unassigned up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 unassigned up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/5 10.10.10.1 up up TenGigabitEthernet 1/6 unassigned administratively down down NO Manual YES Manual YES Manual YES Manual YES Manual NO Manual show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface.
PAGE 791
Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 0/0 10.1.2.4 State ----Connected Active show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface.
PAGE 792
Example Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ipv6 management-route IPv6 Destination Gateway ---------------------2001:34::0/64 ManagementEthernet 0/0 2001:68::0/64 2001:34::16 Dell# State ----Connected Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 793
Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Neighbor(s): Address : 20.20.20.2 Filter-list in : foo Route-map in : foo Weight : 0 Address : 5::6 Weight : 0 Dell# show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch.
PAGE 794
routing-tag (OPTIONAL) Specify that only ISIS routes with a certain routing tag must be displayed. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only the directly connected routes. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view both active and non-active routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view only routes the ip route command configures. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary. For more information, refer to the show ip route summary command.
PAGE 795
Field Example Description • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IP address Gateway Identifies whether the route is direc
PAGE 796
connected 2 static 1 Total 3 Total 3 active route(s) using 0 0 0 612 bytes Dell#show ip route static Destination Gateway ----------------*S 0.0.0.0/0 via 10.10.91.9, Te 1/2 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------1/0 3d2h show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip route list prefix-list prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 797
N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, >- non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set R R R R C Related Commands Destination ----------2.1.0.0/24 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.2.0/24 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 Gateway ------via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.
PAGE 798
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Example Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in the system. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols.
PAGE 799
rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Route Processor. Default View IP traffic statistics from all processors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv4 Routing Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 800
Keyword Definition ... couldn’t fragment Number of packets that could not be fragmented and forwarded. ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. The system sends an ARP request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, the system repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: Total number of packets received from specified protocol. ...
PAGE 801
Rcvd: 0 format errors, 0 checksum errors, 0 redirects, 0 unreachable 0 echo, 0 echo reply, 0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench 0 parameter, 0 timestamp, 0 info request, 0 other Sent: 0 redirects, 0 unreachable, 0 echo, 0 echo reply 0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench, 0 timestamp 0 info reply, 0 time exceeded, 0 parameter problem UDP statistics: Rcvd: 0 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port 0 short packets, 0 bad length, 0 no port broadcasts, 0 socket full Sent: 0 total, 0 forwarded broadcasts TCP
PAGE 802
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. 0 checksum error...
PAGE 803
Example Field Description Sent: Displays the total number of TCP packets sent and the number of urgent packets sent. 25 control packets... Displays the number of control packets sent and the number retransmitted. 11603 data packets... Displays the number of data packets sent. 24 data packets retransmitted Displays the number of data packets resent. 355 ack.. Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed. 0 window probe...
PAGE 804
dropped in keepalive Dell# Related Commands 804 clear tcp statistics — clears TCP traffic statistics.
PAGE 805
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 19 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 806
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 807
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4} default l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range.
PAGE 808
Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startupconfig (write-mem or copy run start), then reload the system. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10.
PAGE 809
l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 810
Parameters input policymap name Enter the name of the policy-map to be verified. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the Z9500 line card, which contains the ports on which you assigned the ACL. Enter all to display IPv6 ACL information on all line cards. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 811
Example Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard all Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status -------------------------------------------------------------2| 1| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 2| 1| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 4 port-set 0 Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status -----------------------
PAGE 812
PAGE 813
20 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 814
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 815
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface.
PAGE 816
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address.
PAGE 817
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 prefix in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 818
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 819
ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table uses. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 820
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to five more IPv6 addresses, in the x:x:x:x::x format, of name servers to be used. Separate the IPv6 addresses with a space. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 821
Default 3 attempts Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 822
valid-lifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 2592000. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime does not expire for the valid-life time parameter. preferredlifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is preferred, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 604800.
PAGE 823
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface hardware_addr ess Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 824
• Redirect: The router can inform a node about a better first-hop. Use the ipv6 neighbor command to manually configure the IPv6 address of a neighbor to be discovered by the switch. ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route.
PAGE 825
ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the forwarding router IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the metric distance assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. tag value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a tag value number. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 826
Example Dell(conf)#ipv6 route 44::0 /64 33::1 ? <1-255> Distance metric for this route permanent Permanent route tag Set tag for this route Dell(conf)#ipv6 route 55::0 /64 ? X:X:X:X::X Forwarding router's address fortyGigE FortyGigabit Ethernet interface loopback Loopback interface null Null interface port-channel Port channel interface tenGigabitethernet TenGigabit Ethernet interface vlan VLAN interface Dell(conf)#ipv6 route 55::0 /64 tengigabitethernet 2/0 66::1 ? <1-255> Distance metric for this route p
PAGE 827
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Because this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. When you disable unicast routing, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, the system generates a syslog message indicating the action.
PAGE 828
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 829
10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND rout
PAGE 830
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 831
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms. Entries for camIndex displays as zero (0) on the show ipv6 fib linecard output for neighbor entries, such as address resolution protocol (ARP) entries.
PAGE 832
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 833
brief (OPTIONAL) View a summary of IPv6 interfaces. configured (OPTIONAL) View information on all IPv6 configured interfaces. managementet hernet slot/ port (OPTIONAL) View information on an IPv6 Management port. Enter the slot number (0-1) and port number zero (0). loopback (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 Loopback interfaces. port-channel (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 port channels. tengigabitether net (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 tengigabitethernet interface.
PAGE 834
Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 835
ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface
PAGE 836
Example Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared. Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received.
PAGE 837
Defaults • For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel with a port-channel number. The range of port-channel numbers is from 1 to 128. • For VLAN interfaces, enter the keyword vlan with a VLAN ID from 1 to 4094. Display information about IPv6 neighbors learned on all Z9500 CPUs, including the Route Processor and line-card processors. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 838
Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 839
static (OPTIONAL) View only routes configured by the ipv6 route command. summary (OPTIONAL) View a brief list of the configured IPv6 routes. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv6 Basics Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 840
Field Example Description • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address. Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 841
21 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 842
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Z9500 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information.
PAGE 843
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session.
PAGE 844
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority. Z9500 Syntax lacp port-priority priority-value To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priorityvalue command. Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority.
PAGE 845
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Z9500 Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 846
passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. Defaults off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 847
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. Z9500 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 848
Defaults Command Modes Command History Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (PortChannelNumber) Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 849
----------------------------------------------------Te 1/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 850
PAGE 851
22 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 852
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 853
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface.
PAGE 854
vlan vlan-id • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 855
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. Z9500 Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 856
station-moveviolation Defaults • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 857
After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter. NOTE: If you configure this command on an interface in a routed VLAN, and after the MAC addresses learned reaches the limit set in the mac learninglimit command, IP protocols are affected. For example, VRRP sets multiple VRRP Masters and OSPF may not come up.
PAGE 858
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit.
PAGE 859
Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation.
PAGE 860
Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Z9500 Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 861
port-set portpipe (REQUIRED) Enter the keywords port-set then a Port-Pipe number to select the Port-Pipe for which to gather information. The range of port pipes is from 0 to 3. address macaddr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns.
PAGE 862
1 1 0 1 1 00:01:02:03:04:07 00:01:02:03:04:08 ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 00:01:02:03:04:05 00:01:02:03:04:06 DYNAMIC DYNAMIC STATIC DYNAMIC DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 Fo 2/0 00001 Fo 2/0 Fo 2/0 show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table.
PAGE 863
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count, then optionally, by an interface or VLAN ID, to display total or interface-specific static addresses, dynamic addresses, and MAC addresses in use. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 864
Example Usage Information Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). Dell(conf)#do show mac-address-table Codes: *N - VLT Peer Synced MAC VlanId Mac Address Type Interface 2 00:00:00:00:00:01 Dynamic (N) 128 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:02 Dynamic (N) 10 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:03 Dynamic 100 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:04 Dynamic 10 Active State Po Po Po Po The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example.
PAGE 865
Example (Count) Dell# show mac-address-table count MAC Entries for all vlans : Dynamic Address Count : 110 Static Address (User-defined) Count : 0 Sticky Address Count : 0 Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): 100 Total MAC Addresses in Use: 110 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch.
PAGE 866
Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] violate-action (OPTIONALY) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
PAGE 867
Version 6.5.1.0 Example Added support for Port Channel. Dell#show mac learning-limit Interface Learning Dynamic Static Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Te 1/0 10 0 0 Te 1/1 5 0 0 Dell#show mac learning-limit interface gig Interface Learning Dynamic Static Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Te 1/0 10 0 0 Unknown SA Drops 0 0 1/0 Unknown SA Drops 0 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs).
PAGE 868
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlanid 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces.
PAGE 869
name Assign a name to the VLAN. Z9500 Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 870
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 871
name vlanname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword name and the name assigned to a VLAN. Only information on the specified VLAN is displayed. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Layer 2 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 872
Column Heading Q Ports Example Description • Displays G for GVRP tagged • M for member of a VLAN-Stack VLAN • T for tagged interface • U for untagged interface • x (not capitalized x) for Dot1x untagged • X (capitalized X) for Dot1x tagged • o (not capitalized o) for OpenFlow untagged • O (capitalized O) for OpenFlow tagged • H for VSN tagged • i (not capitalized i) for Internal untagged • I (capitalized I) for Internal tagged • v (not capitalized v) for VLT untagged • V (capital
PAGE 873
x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status 20 Active 0/140,Te 1/80) Description Q Ports T Po10(Te T Po20(Te 1/81) Example (Brief) Example (Name) T Fo 2/0 Dell#show vlan brief VLAN Name Address ---- ------------------------------------------------1 unassigned 10 unassigned 20 2.3.3.3/24 30 2.1.1.
PAGE 874
To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 875
track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. Z9500 Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 876
If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN. The Layer 2 state of the VLAN, and hence the Layer 2 traffic, is not affected by the track ip command configuration. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface.
PAGE 877
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command. To remove an untagged interface from all VLANs, including the Default VLAN, enter INTERFACE mode and use the no switchport command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 878
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 879
command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 880
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Usage Information Related Commands When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file.
PAGE 881
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Z9500 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
PAGE 882
Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 883
fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Z9500 Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 884
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds. normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. The default is Normal mode.
PAGE 885
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show fefd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 886
Field Example Description • bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes). • err-disabled (only found when FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not hearing its neighbor’s echoes for three times the message interval. To reset an interface in this state, use the fefd reset command.) • unknown (only found when FEFD mode is normal. • locally disabled (interface contains the fefd reset command in its configuration).
PAGE 887
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 23 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • • LLPD Commands LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 888
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 889
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value).
PAGE 890
Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The command options management-address,system-capabilities, systemdescription, and system-name can be invoked individually or together, in any sequence.
PAGE 891
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 892
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 893
To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 894
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable.
PAGE 895
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. Z9500 Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 896
Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810.
PAGE 897
Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. Z9500 Syntax multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10.
PAGE 898
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 899
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol. When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations. When you execute the no protocol lldp from INTERFACE mode, interfaces begin to inherit the configuration from global LLDP CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 900
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
PAGE 901
show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. Z9500 Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810.
PAGE 902
protocol lldp advertise dot1-tlv port-protocol-vlan-id port-vlan-id advertise dot3-tlv max-frame-size advertise management-tlv system-capabilities systemdescription hello 15 multiplier 3 no disable Dell# LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. The Dell Networking OS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. The C-Series and S-Series support all commands. The E-Series generally supports the commands.
PAGE 903
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults Unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 904
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 905
civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based then the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is from 6 to 255 bytes. ecs-elin value Enter the keywords ecs-elin then the Emergency Call Service (ecs) Emergency Location Identification Number (elin) numeric location string. The range is from 10 to 25 characters. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 906
Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 907
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 908
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 909
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 910
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 911
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 912
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 913
24 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 914
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 915
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 916
Related Commands max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9500 Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10.
PAGE 917
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB. Z9500 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 918
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Z9500 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 919
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. Z9500 Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 920
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Z9500 Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 921
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 922
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 923
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 924
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 925
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional keyword guard was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 926
BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 927
Example (Guard) Field Description Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 928
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value.
PAGE 929
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard. Z9500 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree mstp edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] mstp edgeport Enter the keyword mstp then the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a Multiple Spanning Tree edge port.
PAGE 930
Usage Information On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 931
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 25 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 932
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 933
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 934
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 935
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 936
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables.
PAGE 937
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 938
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf | databasetimer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command.
PAGE 939
Usage Information Version 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp.
PAGE 940
Example Field Description to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 941
To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes.
PAGE 942
default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 943
Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 944
access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard access list, up to 140 characters. Defaults 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 945
Defaults • external dist3 = 110 • inter-area dist2 = 110 • intra-area dist1 = 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 946
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 947
connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip to specify that RIP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series.
PAGE 948
enable inverse-mask By default, the system allows you to input the OSPF network command with a net-mask. This command provides a choice between inverse-mask or net-mask (the default). Z9500 Syntax enable inverse mask To return to the default net-mask, use the no enable inverse mask command. Defaults net-mask Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 949
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 950
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. In OSPF, flooding is the most resource-consuming task. The flooding algorithm, described in RFC-2328, requires that OSPF flood LSAs (Link State Advertisements) on all interfaces, as governed by LSA’s flooding scope (see Section 13 of the RFC).
PAGE 951
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart.
PAGE 952
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only.
PAGE 953
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters role helperonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart. role restartonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-only to specify the OSPF router is a restart only during graceful-restart.
PAGE 954
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 955
key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 956
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If this command is not configured, cost is based on the auto-cost command.
PAGE 957
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval. Related Commands ip ospf hello-interval — sets the time interval between the hello packets. ip ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
PAGE 958
Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters keyid Enter a number as the key ID.
PAGE 959
the old key and the second packet authenticated with the new key. This process ensures that the neighbors learn the new key and communication is not disrupted by keeping the old key enabled. After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, delete the old key. Dell recommends keeping only one key per interface. NOTE: The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption. Write down or otherwise record the key.
PAGE 960
ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-to-point network. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 961
Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 962
Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 963
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set the system.
PAGE 964
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 16. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 965
Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 966
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 967
• For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 968
• The ABR status for the router is updated. • Save passive-interface interface into the running configuration. passive-interface default • All present and future OSPF interfaces are marked as passive. • Any adjacency is explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces. • All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. • All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration.
PAGE 969
• 2 = OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 970
Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then the metricvalue number. The range is from 0 to16777214. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map.
PAGE 971
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. Z9500 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 972
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. Z9500 Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command.
PAGE 973
you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 100 Dell(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.1.1.1 Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/ n]: Dell(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 100 router-id 1.1.1.
PAGE 974
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system.
PAGE 975
show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 976
Line Beginning with Description “Supports only...” Displays the number of Type of Service (TOS) rouse supported. “SPF schedule...” Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID. “Convergence Level” “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID. Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 1.1.1.
PAGE 977
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 978
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to the display the number of LSA types in each area and the total number of LSAs. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 979
OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands Link count 2 2 1 Network (Area 0.0.0.0) ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 13.1.1.
PAGE 980
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 980 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 981
Example Field Description TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Dell#show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 982
• adv-router ipaddress the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 983
Example Field Description Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options.
PAGE 984
Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database network [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 985
Usage Information Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 986
Network (Area 0.0.0.1) LS age: 252 Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information.
PAGE 987
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information.
PAGE 988
Usage Information Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 989
Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000416 Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information.
PAGE 990
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF.
PAGE 991
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 992
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 992 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 993
Example Item Description Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Number of Links Displays the number of active links to the type of router (Area Border Router or AS Boundary Router) listed in the previous line. Link connected to: Identifies the type of network to which the router is connected. (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics.
PAGE 994
Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.140.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.140.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Stub Network (Link ID) Network/subnet number: 11.1.5.0 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information.
PAGE 995
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age.
PAGE 996
Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 997
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.
PAGE 998
Example Item Description Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor.
PAGE 999
show ip ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id neighbor process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1000
Example Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.1 Dell# Pri State Dead Time Address 1 FULL/DR 00:00:32 182.10.10.3 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 192.10.10.2 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Interface Area Te 0/0 0.0.0.2 Te 0/1 0.0.0.1 Te 0/1 0.0.0.1 show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id routes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1001
Example • The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. • For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed. Dell#show ip ospf 100 route Prefix Cost Nexthop 1.1.1.1 1 0.0.0.0 3.3.3.3 2 13.0.0.3 13.0.0.0 1 0.0.0.0 150.150.150.0 2 13.0.0.3 172.30.1.0 2 13.0.0.3 Dell# Interface Lo 0 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Area 0 1 0 1 Type Intra-Area Intra-Area Intra-Area External Intra-Area show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics.
PAGE 1002
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1002 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF.
PAGE 1003
The following describes the error definitions for the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command. Example Error Type Description Intf_Down Received packets on an interface that is either down or OSPF is not enabled. Non-Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router. Self-Org Receive the self originated packet. Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header.
PAGE 1004
Wrong-Len Auth-Err Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 0 0 Invld-Nbr MD5-Err AreaMis Seq-No Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 Nbr-State 0 Chksum 0 Conf-Issues 0 Socket 0 Error packets (Only for TX) Socket Errors Dell# Usage Information Example (Statistics) 0 The show ip ospf process-id statistics command displays the error packet count received on each interface as: • The hello-timer remaining value for each interface • The wait-timer remaining value for each interface • The grace-timer remaining value for e
PAGE 1005
show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1006
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1007
not-advertise (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords not-advertise to suppress that match the network prefix/mask pair. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a value to match on routes redistributed through a route map. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1008
To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters Defaults delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds. • delay = 5 seconds • holdtime = 10 seconds Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1009
Parameters Defaults start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA. This interval is the time between sending the same LSA after the start-interval has been attempted. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds. max-interval Set the maximum amount of time the system waits before sending the LSA. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds.
PAGE 1010
Parameters arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1011
MD5 | SHA1 Authentication type: Message Digest 5 (MD5) or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1). keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. The values are 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1012
To remove an IPsec authentication policy from an OSPFv3 area, enter the no area area-id authentication spi number command. Related Commands ipv6 ospf authentication – configures an IPsec authentication policy on an OSPFv3 interface. show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication policies. area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area.
PAGE 1013
3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AESCBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 1014
When you configure encryption for an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command, you enable both IPsec encryption and authentication. However, when you enable authentication on an area with the area authentication command, you do not enable encryption at the same time. If you have enabled IPsec authentication in an OSPFv3 area with the area authentication command, you cannot use the area encryption command in the area at the same time.
PAGE 1015
debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] debug ipv6 ospf bfd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1016
Add Session 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabling BFD on interface Te 0/2 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Interface mode BFD configuration on Te 0/2!! 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Ospf3_register_bfd ospf key 27648 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 Interface Te 0/2 IfIndex 34145282
PAGE 1017
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Command Fields Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series.
PAGE 1018
Lines Beginning With or Including Description Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum. default-information originate Configure the system to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain.
PAGE 1019
Related Commands Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPFv3. graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart.
PAGE 1020
To enable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter the ipv6 router ospf command to enter OSPFv3 configuration mode and then configure a grace period using the gracefulrestart grace-period command. The grace period is the length of time that OSPFv3 neighbors continue to advertise the restarting router as though it is fully adjacent. When graceful restart is enabled (restarting role), an OSPFv3 restarting expects its OSPFv3 neighbors to help when it restarts by not advertising the broken link.
PAGE 1021
Usage Information OSPFv3 graceful restart supports planned-only and/or unplanned-only restarts. The default is support for both planned and unplanned restarts. • A planned restart occurs when you enter the redundancy force-failover rpm command to force the primary RPM to switch to the backup RPM. During a planned restart, OSPF sends out a Type-11 Grace LSA before the system switches over to the backup RPM.
PAGE 1022
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1023
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1024
role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1025
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1026
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets.
PAGE 1027
authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted).
PAGE 1028
show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec encryption policies. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in encryption policies. ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject.
PAGE 1029
ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1030
Parameters number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1031
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths.
PAGE 1032
passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passiveinterface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1033
OSPFv3 for IPv6 routing information is not sent or received through the specified router interface. The specified interface address appears as a stub network in the OSPFv3 for IPv6 domain. redistribute Redistribute into OSPFv3. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {bgp as number}{connected | static}[metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tagvalue] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command.
PAGE 1034
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3. The range is from 0 to 4294967295 The default is 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1035
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.
PAGE 1036
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used.
PAGE 1037
show crypto ipsec policy Command Fields Field Description Policy name Displays the name of an IPsec policy. Policy refcount Number of interfaces on the router that use the policy. Inbound ESP SPI The encapsulating security payload (ESP) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP SPI Inbound ESP Auth Key The ESP authentication key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP Auth Key Inbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP encryption key for inbound and outbound links.
PAGE 1038
Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1039
Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IP
PAGE 1040
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel and a number.
PAGE 1041
Example Dell#show ipv6 ospf interface tengigabitethernet 1/0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.1 NetworkType BROADCAST, Cost: 1, Passive: No Transmit Delay is 100 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Interface is using OSPF global mode BFD configuration. Designated router on this network is 11.1.1.
PAGE 1042
Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Example (grace-lsa) Dell#show ipv6 ospf database grace-lsa ! Type-11 Grace LSA (Area 0) LS Age : 10 Link State ID : 6.16.192.66 Advertising Router : 100.1.1.
PAGE 1043
AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count Inter Area Rtr LSA Count Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count Intra Area TE LSA Count 5 0 2 2 Dell#show ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 63.114.8.36 Te 2/0 Pri State Dead Time Interface ID 1 00:00:37 FULL/DR 4 show ipv6 ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbor information on a per-interface basis.
PAGE 1044
Example Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ipv6 ospf neighbor te 1/2 Neighbor ID Interface 63.114.8.
PAGE 1045
26 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports only. Logical interfaces, such as Port Channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs), are not supported. • The Dell Networking operating software supports as many monitor sessions on a system as the number of port-pipes.
PAGE 1046
Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1047
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1048
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1049
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show monitor session 11 SessionID Source Destination Direction Mode --------- ------------------ --------- ------11 Te 0/10 Te 0/47 rx interface Related Commands monitor session — creates a session for monitoring.
PAGE 1050
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload.
PAGE 1051
direction {rx | tx | both} Enter the keyword direction then one of the packet directional indicators. • rx: to monitor receiving packets only. • tx: to monitor transmitting packets only. • both: to monitor both transmitting and receiving packets. Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1052
PAGE 1053
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 27 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.
PAGE 1054
• Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. • Trunk port: A trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs.
PAGE 1055
Related Commands private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table. show interfaces private-vlan — displays the type and status of the PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan — displays the PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port.
PAGE 1056
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN. This secondary VLAN continues to work normally as a normal VLAN even though it is not associated to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 1057
or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1058
Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to specify the port(s) for which you want to display PVLAN information. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2. Enter only a slot ID to display the PVLAN status for all ports on a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 1059
--------Fo 1/52 Fo 2/12 Po 10 ---30 20 10 ---------Isolated Community Primary -------------Host Host Trunk -------Up Up Up Example (Specific) Dell# show interfaces private-vlan te 2/2 Interface Vlan PVLAN-Type Interface Type Status --------- ---- ---------- -------------- -------Te 2/2 100 Isolated Host Up Related Commands private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show vlan private-vlan – displays the PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN.
PAGE 1060
primary vlan-id Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword primary and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of a primary PVLAN. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1061
201 202 community No community Yes Te 1/11-12 Example (Primary) Dell# show vlan private-vlan primary Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 20 primary Yes Te 1/1,3 Example (Isolated) Dell# show vlan private-vlan isolated Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 100 isolated Yes Te 2/2,4-6 200 isolated Yes Te 1/2,4-6 Example (Community) Dell# show vlan private-vlan community Pr
PAGE 1062
Related Commands private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. Z9500 Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command.
PAGE 1063
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 Dell(conf-if-te-2/1)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Dell(conf)#interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 Dell(conf-if-te-2/2)#switchport mode private-vlan host Dell(conf)#interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/3 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan trunk Dell(conf)#interface port-channel 10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Related Commands private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, i
PAGE 1064
PAGE 1065
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 28 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1066
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1067
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. Z9500 Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1068
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1069
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1070
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut).
PAGE 1071
128.130 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.130, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1567, received 3 The port is not in the Edge port mode Port 131 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.131 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1072
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.1223 Example (Guard) Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Te 0/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 0/2 5 FWD Loopguard Te 0/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard Related Commands spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
PAGE 1073
Defaults: • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000. • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000. • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128. loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface.
PAGE 1074
NOTE: A port configured as an edge port, on a PVST switch, immediately transitions to the forwarding state. Only ports connected to end-hosts should be configured as an edge port. Consider an edge port similar to a port with a spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the route process module (RPM) CPU. You cannot enable root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port.
PAGE 1075
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1076
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+.
PAGE 1077
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
PAGE 1078
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
PAGE 1079
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1080
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1081
Quality of Service (QoS) 29 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command. qos-rate-adjust Enable QoS rate adjustment to include overhead fields in rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1082
Version 8.3.1.0 Usage Information Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1083
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 1084
service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode). A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes an INTERFACE mode entry. Z9500 Syntax service-class dynamic dot1p To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command. Defaults Command Modes Command History All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command.
PAGE 1085
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored). You can apply this command on both physical interfaces and port channels.
PAGE 1086
string Enter the WRED profile name. It is a string of up to 32 characters. Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. This parameter applies only if you specify a weight factor. backplane Specify that the WRED weight and profile configured for each queue apply to backplane ports. Default All queues on backplane ports operate in tail-drop (best-effort traffic) mode by default.
PAGE 1087
queues-list Enter the queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen queue-list Enter the port-queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen; for example, service-class wred ecn 0, 2, 4-6 backplane. The range of queue IDs is 0 to 7.
PAGE 1088
service-pool wred Configure a global buffer pool that serves as a shared buffer accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for a queue are consumed. The Z9500 supports four global service-pools in the egress direction. Two service pools are used—one for lossy queues and the other for lossless (priority-based flow control (PFC)) queues. You can enable WRED and ECN operation on the global service-pools.
PAGE 1089
A WRED profile contains a set of attributes, such as the minimum and maximum threshold values, and the maximum drop rate for the received packets. You can add or remove WRED parameter configurations for one or more shared service pools using a single command. The buffer-pool wred command is similar in usage and working to the service-class bandwidth-percentage queue-id command.
PAGE 1090
Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. Z9500 Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1ppriority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a value from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1091
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign the dot1ppriority command to individual interfaces in a port channel.
PAGE 1092
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate limit and rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic.
PAGE 1093
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured.
PAGE 1094
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced. For example, if you send 100% line rate traffic over the SP queue, it starves all other queues on the ports on which this traffic is flowing.
PAGE 1095
Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100%, the bandwidth percentage automatically scales down to 100%. Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. class-map Create/access a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality-ofservice policies to each class.
PAGE 1096
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2. Packets arriving at the input interface are checked against the match criteria and configured using this command to determine if the packet belongs to that class.
PAGE 1097
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.18.
PAGE 1098
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced. policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router.
PAGE 1099
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1100
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast.
PAGE 1101
a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 7. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1102
match mac access-group Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. Z9500 Syntax Parameters match mac access-group {mac-acl-name} mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name. Its contents is used as the match criteria in the class map. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1103
Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1104
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (input/output) applied on an interface.
PAGE 1105
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. policy-map-input Create an input policy map.
PAGE 1106
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables PolicyMap-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-in). When you configure an input policy map for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos.
PAGE 1107
Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables Policy-Map-Output Configuration mode (conf-policymap-out). Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1108
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To specify the name of the input QoS policy, use this command. After the input policy is specified, rate-police is defined.
PAGE 1109
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify the name of the output QoS policy, use this command. After the output policy is specified, rate-shape, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined.
PAGE 1110
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1111
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1112
Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1113
Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1114
class-map class-mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword class-map then the class map name assigned to the queue in character format (32 character maximum). NOTE: This option is available under policy-mapinput only. qos-policy qos-policyname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords qos-policy then the QoS policy name assigned to the queue in text format (32 characters maximum). This specifies the input QoS policy assigned to the queue under policy-map-input and output QoS policy under policy-map-output context.
PAGE 1115
set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. mac-dot1p value Enter the keywords mac-dot1p then the dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1116
Parameters class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1117
detail interface Defaults Command Modes Command History To view a policy map interface in detail, enter the keyword detail and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1118
Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-mapname] [qos-policy-input qos-policy-name] policy-mapname Enter the policy map name.
PAGE 1119
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1120
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.
PAGE 1121
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details.
PAGE 1122
Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos statistics {wred-profile [interface]} | [interface] wred-profile interface interface Enter the keywords wred-profile and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1123
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1124
Parameters wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1125
linecard all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords linecard all to verify CAM usage on all line cards. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1126
Field Description NOTE: The CAM entries for the default rule are not included in this column; a CAM entry for the default rule is always dedicated to a port and is always available for that interface. Status (Allowed ports) Indicates if the input policy map configuration on an interface belonging to a linecard/port-pipe is successful — Allowed (n) — or not successful — Exception. The allowed number (n) indicates the number of ports in that port-pipe on which the Policy Map can be applied successfully.
PAGE 1127
max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1128
Parameters diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-policy-map-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1129
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedence Z9500 Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 101XXX EF (Expedited Forwarding) CRITIC/ECP 5 32–47 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding) Flash Override 4 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic.
PAGE 1130
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Profile name character limit increased from 16 to 32. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the .E-Series Usage Information To assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic, use this command. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence.
PAGE 1131
Example Dell(conf-qos-policy-out)# wred weight 5 wred ecn To indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, use explicit congestion notification (ECN). Z9500 Syntax wred ecn To stop marking packets, use the no wred ecn command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1132
wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. Z9500 Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles.
PAGE 1133
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 30 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1134
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the system routing table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1135
• • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug only RIP protocol changes.
PAGE 1136
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1137
Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1138
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1139
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1140
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.29.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 1141
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to filter only directly connected routes. ospf (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf to filter all OSPF routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to filter manually configured routes. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1142
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1143
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command.
PAGE 1144
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
PAGE 1145
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths.
PAGE 1146
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Z9500 Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1147
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. Z9500 Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1148
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. Z9500 Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1149
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. Z9500 Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command.
PAGE 1150
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1151
Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1152
Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. Z9500 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1153
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute.
PAGE 1154
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. Z9500 Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1155
exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.
PAGE 1156
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1157
[50/2] via [50/2] via 210.250.40.0/24 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.18.2, 00:00:14, Vlan 18 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.
PAGE 1158
redistribute ospf 999 version 2 timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. Z9500 Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1159
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you change the timers on one router, also synchronize the timers on all routers in the RIP domain. version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2.
PAGE 1160
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1161
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 31 Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1162
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1163
Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. Z9500 Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1164
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. Z9500 Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command.
PAGE 1165
rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] [owner name] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] command. Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535. The number value must be unique in the RMON event table. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON log entry.
PAGE 1166
rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. Z9500 Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters Defaults 1166 number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.
PAGE 1167
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1168
Version 6.1.1.0 Example Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes. ether statistics table: 8 entries, 4608 bytes ether history table: 8 entries, 6000 bytes alarm table: 390 entries, 102960 bytes high-capacity alarm table: 5 entries, 1680 bytes event table: 500 entries, 206000 bytes log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes Dell# show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1169
Example (Index) Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. rising threshold: 1, RMON event index: 1 falling threshold: 501, RMON event index: 501 alarm owner: 1 alarm status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon alarm br index SNMP OID -------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 6 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 7 1.3.6.1.2.1.
PAGE 1170
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1171
22 Dell# 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1172
alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile. alarm status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------1 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 2 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 4 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 5 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 Dell# show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1173
Example (Index) Dell#show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1174
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
PAGE 1175
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon statistics 6001 RMON statistics entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1176
9002 9003 9004 Dell# 1176 134529054 134791198 134791198 TengigabitEthernet 3/0 TengigabitEthernet 3/1 TengigabitEthernet 3/1 Remote Monitoring (RMON)
PAGE 1177
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 32 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority priority-value To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command.
PAGE 1178
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units.
PAGE 1179
Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1180
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1181
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Z9500 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that the system waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1182
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9500 Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1183
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Z9500 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1184
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1185
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1186
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (Brief) Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1187
Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1188
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. Z9500 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1189
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1190
switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Z9500 Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1191
33 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1192
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands level Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level. name | default Enter one of the following: • For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. • For default, the default accounting methods used.
PAGE 1193
Usage Information In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1 for example, use the aaa accounting command 1 command. Example Dell(conf)# aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ Dell(conf)# aaa accounting command 15 default start-stop tacacs + Dell(config)# Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1194
Usage Information The system issues accounting records for all users on the system, including users whose username string, due to protocol translation, is NULL. For example, a user who comes on line with the aaa authentication login method-list none command is applied. To prevent the accounting records from being generated for sessions that do not have user names associated to them, use the aaa accounting suppress command. accounting Apply an accounting method list to terminal lines.
PAGE 1195
show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Z9500 Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1196
authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands level} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands level Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands.
PAGE 1197
aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands. Z9500 Syntax aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || none} Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization.
PAGE 1198
aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. Z9500 Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1199
local Use the authorization parameters on the system to perform authorization. tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1200
level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1201
Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1202
method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) to name the list of enabled authentication methods activated at login. method Enter one of the following methods: ... method2 • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. • line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. • none: no authentication. • radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command.
PAGE 1203
Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command. login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). Z9500 Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [...
PAGE 1204
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1205
tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Z9500 Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1206
enable password Change the password for the enable command. Z9500 Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1207
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
PAGE 1208
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1209
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1210
default Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. Defaults No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1211
password Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1212
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). Z9500 Syntax password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
PAGE 1213
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in the system. Z9500 Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service passwordencryption command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 1214
key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command. show privilege View your access level. Z9500 Syntax show privilege Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1215
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Security Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1216
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. Z9500 Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1217
username Establish an authentication system based on user names. Z9500 Syntax username name [access-class access-list-name] [nopassword | {password | secret} [encryption-type] password] [privilege level] If you do not want a specific user to enter a password, use the nopassword option. To delete authentication for a user, use the no username name command. Parameters Defaults Security name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters.
PAGE 1218
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1219
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1220
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1221
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host.
PAGE 1222
• 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Configure this parameter last because leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1223
radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Z9500 Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1224
If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable.
PAGE 1225
radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Z9500 Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and when the system times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1226
debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1227
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1228
server. The range is from 0 to 1000. The default is 10 seconds. key key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. This authentication key must match the key specified in the tacacs-server key for the TACACS+ daemon. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1229
tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. Z9500 Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1230
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 1231
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1232
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
PAGE 1233
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1234
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.
PAGE 1235
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out.
PAGE 1236
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1237
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1238
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 1239
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1240
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1241
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1242
Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication.
PAGE 1243
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server.
PAGE 1244
server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1245
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command. Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch.
PAGE 1246
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries. ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute.
PAGE 1247
To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1248
ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1249
Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1250
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
PAGE 1251
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1252
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1253
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you want to log in without being prompted for a password, log in through RSA authentication. To do that, first add the SSHv2 RSA public keys to the list of authorized keys.
PAGE 1254
Defaults Default listening port is 22. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.
PAGE 1255
NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, this parameter is not available. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 1256
show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show ip ssh Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1257
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. Z9500 Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1258
show ip ssh rsa-authentication Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} myauthorizedkeys Display the RSA authorized keys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1259
ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the host name, username, port number and version of the SSH client. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. ssh {hostname | ipv4 address | ipv6 address} [-c encryption cipher | -l username | -m HMAC algorithm | -p port-number | -v {1 | 2}] Parameters hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device.
PAGE 1260
-p portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -p then the port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is 22. -v {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v then the SSH version 1 or 2. The default is the version from the protocol negotiation. Defaults As shown in the Parameters section. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1261
Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1262
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1263
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 1264
Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) The range is 5 to 21600. Introduced on the S5000. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table.
PAGE 1265
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1266
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1267
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Security Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.
PAGE 1268
PAGE 1269
Service Provider Bridging 34 Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1270
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces.
PAGE 1271
Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320. stp Enter the keyword stp to enable protocol tunneling on a spanning tree, including STP, MSTP, RSTP, and PVST. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1272
Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1273
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The system must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Z9500 Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second.
PAGE 1274
Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration. show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1275
Te1/2 Dell# Related Commands 2 STP, PVST show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1276
PAGE 1277
sFlow 35 sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1278
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Z9500 Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
PAGE 1279
Usage Information Version 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1280
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1281
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When you enable sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface.
PAGE 1282
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1283
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1284
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface.
PAGE 1285
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken.
PAGE 1286
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface.
PAGE 1287
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1288
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show sflow linecard slot-id slot number Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1289
UDP packets dropped Dell# sFlow :0 1289
PAGE 1290
PAGE 1291
36 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1292
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Z9500 Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1293
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Z9500 Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1294
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1295
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1296
alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !----command run on Force10 switch:-----------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2.
PAGE 1297
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1298
Example Dell#config Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address.
PAGE 1299
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command. Parameters notificationtype notificationoption Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Enable notification of changes in the BGP process.
PAGE 1300
• temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1301
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udpport port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udp-port port-number engineID] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device.
PAGE 1302
E-Series legacy command Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user’s password (entered on the command line) is converted to a message digest algorithm (MD5) or secure hash algorithm (SHA) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local Engine ID. The command line password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274.
PAGE 1303
• 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet.
PAGE 1304
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups.
PAGE 1305
version 1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version to specify the security model then the security model version number 1, 2c, or 3: • Version 1 is the least secure version. • Version 3 is the most secure of the security modes. • Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption.
PAGE 1306
• vrrp — State change in a VRRP group. • xstp — State change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+. The default is all trap types are sent to host. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1307
notifications are sent globally. For a host to receive most notifications, at least one snmp-server enable command and the snmp-server host command for that host must be enabled. NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmpserver host command.
PAGE 1308
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted.
PAGE 1309
E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1310
Usage Information To enable this snmp-server trap-source command, configure an IP address on the interface and enable the interface configured as an SNMP trap source. Related Commands snmp-server community — sets the community string. snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1311
encrypted (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword encrypted to specify the password appear in encrypted format (a series of digits, masking the true characters of the string). auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level.
PAGE 1312
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists. If you forget a password, you cannot recover it; the user must be reconfigured.
PAGE 1313
To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oidtree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1314
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Z9500 Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1315
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1316
E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. Z9500 Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1317
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1318
E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity. logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent. Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Z9500 Syntax logging {ip-address | ipv6-address | hostname} To disable logging, use the no logging command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1319
Usage Information Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Related Commands logging on — enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines. logging trap — enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity. logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer.
PAGE 1320
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer.
PAGE 1321
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers.
PAGE 1322
• syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
PAGE 1323
Defaults warnings or 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1324
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table.
PAGE 1325
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands default logging monitor — returns the logging monitor parameters to the default setting. logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines.
PAGE 1326
logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters for the terminal connections. logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. Z9500 Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command.
PAGE 1327
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured.
PAGE 1328
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
PAGE 1329
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
PAGE 1330
Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1331
Feb 18 00:43:10: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:43:10: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_DN: Changed interface Admin state to down: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 00:43:07: %SYSTEM:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 )by admin - repeated 6 times Feb 18 00:42:44: %SYSTEM:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1332
Examples Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1333
rp Enter the keyword cp to display the kernel log for the Route Processor on the switch. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card ports for which you want to display the kernel log. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 2. defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1334
AHCI Global register dump 00:00:02:919171:AHCI_CAP(0x0000) 0xe237ff21 00:00:02:919178:AHCI_GHC(0x0004) 0x80000002 00:00:02:919184:AHCI_IS(0x0008) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919190:AHCI_PI(0x000c) 0x00000003 00:00:02:919197:AHCI_VS(0x0010) 0x00010000 00:00:02:919204:AHCI_CC_CTL(0x0014) 0x00010120 00:00:02:919210:AHCI_CC_PORTS(0x0018) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919217:AHCI_EM_LOC(0x001c) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919223:AHCI_EM_CTL(0x0020) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919229:AHCI per port register dump for port 1 00:00:02:919236:AHCI_P_I
PAGE 1335
iic at : 17 1d 02:30:50:683019:qsfp-1 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 16 Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed port pipe. terminal monitor Configure the system to display messages on the monitor/terminal. Z9500 Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1336
PAGE 1337
37 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating system. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1338
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OI
PAGE 1339
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temper
PAGE 1340
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst: %d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold.
PAGE 1341
38 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported). • An INTERFACE-level command only supports storm control configuration on ingress.
PAGE 1342
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1343
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 1344
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1345
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Broadcast storm control is valid on Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces only.
PAGE 1346
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only.
PAGE 1347
storm-control multicast (Interface) Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only. Z9500 Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1348
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1349
• 100% allows all traffic into the interface. The decimal range is from 0.1 to 0.9. wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keywords wredprofile followed by the profile name to designate a wredprofile. packets_per_se cond in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554431. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1350
PAGE 1351
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 39 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [xstp | gvrp] provider-bridgegroup xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1352
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1353
debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp.
PAGE 1354
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1355
disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1356
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.
PAGE 1357
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state.
PAGE 1358
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1359
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command.
PAGE 1360
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1361
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
PAGE 1362
Example Dell#show spanning-tree 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1363
Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the example. Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1364
Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. Enter the optional keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a number as the priority. The range is from zero (0) to 15. The default is 8. Defaults cost = depends on the interface type; priority = 8 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1365
Root guard is supported on any STP-enabled port or port-channel except when used as a stacking port. When enabled on a port, root guard applies to all VLANs configured on the port. STP root guard and loop guard cannot be enabled at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message is displayed: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard.
PAGE 1366
PAGE 1367
System Time and Date 40 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. calendar set Set the time and date for the switch hardware clock.
PAGE 1368
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously.
PAGE 1369
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously.
PAGE 1370
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1371
start-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. start-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31.
PAGE 1372
clock summer-time recurring — sets a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time each year. show clock — displays the current clock settings. clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year.
PAGE 1373
• last: enter the keyword last to end daylight saving time in the last week of the month. end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end. Enter the weekdays using the three letter abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm.
PAGE 1374
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Z9500 Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezonename Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1375
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. Z9500 Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments.
PAGE 1376
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. Z9500 Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1377
ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ntp authentication-key number md5 [0 | 7] key number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm. 0 Specify that authentication key is entered in an unencrypted format (default).
PAGE 1378
version 8.2.1.0, the system uses DES encryption to store the key in the startupconfig when you enter the ntp authentication-key command. Therefore, if your system boots with a startup-configuration from a version prior to 8.2.1.0 in which you have configured ntp authentication-key, the system cannot correctly decrypt the key, and cannot authenticate NTP packets. In this case you must re-enter this command and save the running-config to the startup-config.
PAGE 1379
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Z9500 Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1380
• 224.0.1.1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 • ff05::101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1381
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.
PAGE 1382
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1383
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command.
PAGE 1384
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show calendar Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock. Z9500 Syntax show calendar Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1385
show clock Display the current clock settings. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show clock [detail] detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1386
show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. Z9500 Syntax show ntp associations Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1386 Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1387
Field Description when Displays the last time the switch received an NTP packet. poll Displays the polling interval (in seconds). reach Displays the reachability to the peer (in octal bitstream). delay Displays the time interval or delay for a packet to complete a round-trip to the NTP time source (in milliseconds). offset Displays the relative time of the NTP peer’s clock to the switch clock (in milliseconds). disp Displays the dispersion.
PAGE 1388
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...
PAGE 1389
Tunneling Commands 41 Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands. tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. Z9500 Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel.
PAGE 1390
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. Z9500 Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp {mapped | value} command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP to the IPv4 DCSP\IPv6 traffic class. This option copies the IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header.
PAGE 1391
To return to the default value of 0, use the no tunnel flow—label value command. Parameters value Enter a value to set the IPv6 flow label value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 1048575. The default value is 0. . Defaults 0 (Mapped using original packet flow-label value to the tunnel header flow-label value.) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1392
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (IPv6) or time-to-live (IPv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit value. tunnel mode Enable a tunnel interface. Z9500 Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip} To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command.
PAGE 1393
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Z9500 Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-typenumber } To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6-address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1394
PAGE 1395
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 42 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 1396
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1397
Version 8.4.2.3 Related Commands Introduced on the S-Series S50. clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters description text text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1398
downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. Z9500 Syntax downstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1399
You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplinkstate group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both. Related Commands • upstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1400
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Z9500 Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
PAGE 1401
enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. Z9500 Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1402
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1403
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1404
Related Commands • show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. • uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. Z9500 Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command.
PAGE 1405
To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command in uplink-state-group configuration mode. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#uplink-state-group 16 Dell(conf-uplink-state-group-16)#Dec 3 00:46:45: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed uplink state group Admin state to up: Group 16 • show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups.
PAGE 1406
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
PAGE 1407
VLAN Stacking 43 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1408
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. Z9500 Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1409
vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1410
To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1411
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. Z9500 Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1412
Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1413
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlanstack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1414
In Example 1, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is configured and then also made part of a single-tagged VLAN. In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848. The “Te 2/10” port is configured to act as a VLAN-Stack access port, while the “Te 1/0” port acts as a VLAN-Stack trunk port, switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10, while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40.
PAGE 1415
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 1415
PAGE 1416
PAGE 1417
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 44 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Z9500 Syntax advertise-interval seconds To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1 second.
PAGE 1418
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. Z9500 Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authenticationtype command.
PAGE 1419
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The given password is encrypted by the system and the show config displays an encrypted text string for any of the encrypted typed used. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id][ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group.
PAGE 1420
To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp interface [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information • For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords port-channel then the number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FortyGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1421
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. description Configure a short text string describing the VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax description text To delete a VRRP group description, use the no description command.
PAGE 1422
disable Disable a VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1423
Defaults zero (0) seconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1424
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. Z9500 Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority.
PAGE 1425
Usage Information To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255. If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration.
PAGE 1426
show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the system returns No Active VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show vrrp [vrrp-id] [interface] [brief][ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords port-channel then the number.
PAGE 1427
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp brief command shown in the following example. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface.
PAGE 1428
Item Description TenGigabitEthern et 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available) • master (MASTER virtual router) • backup (BACKUP virtual router) the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... Adv rcvd:...
PAGE 1429
Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/4, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.253 State: Master, Priority: 110, Master: 10.1.2.253 (local) Hold Down: 10 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:02 Virtual IP address: 10.1.2.
PAGE 1430
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured.
PAGE 1431
Usage Information Related Command Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1432
For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP. • When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. Save the configuration and reload the system for the delay timers to take effect.
PAGE 1433
Related Command virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group. IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1434
Version 9.2. (1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1435
timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2. (1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1436
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2. (1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1437
Line Beginning with Example Description • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. • Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states...
PAGE 1438
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2. (1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 1439
advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Z9500 Syntax advertise-interval seconds To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE-VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1440
Parameters text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1441
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands virtual-address — specifies the IP address of the virtual router.
PAGE 1442
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect. Related Commands disable — disables a VRRP group. preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Z9500 Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router).
PAGE 1443
priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. Z9500 Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 100.
PAGE 1444
show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.
PAGE 1445
Parameters interface priority-cost Defaults priority cost = 10 Command Modes VRRP Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by the number. The range of portchannel IDs is 1 to 128.
PAGE 1446
Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format. The IP address must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. ... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.